WO2009093981A1 - Triazine compounds as kinase inhibitors - Google Patents

Triazine compounds as kinase inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2009093981A1
WO2009093981A1 PCT/SG2009/000030 SG2009000030W WO2009093981A1 WO 2009093981 A1 WO2009093981 A1 WO 2009093981A1 SG 2009000030 W SG2009000030 W SG 2009000030W WO 2009093981 A1 WO2009093981 A1 WO 2009093981A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
cancer
group
disease
fragment
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/SG2009/000030
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Cheng Hsia Angeline Lee
Harish Kumar Mysore Nagaraj
Anthony Deodaunia William
Meredith Williams
Zhengchang Xiong
Original Assignee
S Bio Pte Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by S Bio Pte Ltd filed Critical S Bio Pte Ltd
Publication of WO2009093981A1 publication Critical patent/WO2009093981A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to triazine compounds that may be useful as kinase inhibitors. More particularly, the present invention relates to 2-(morpholin-4-yl) substituted triazine derivatives, methods for their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds and uses of these compounds in the treatment of certain kinase related disorders.
  • kinases which are alternatively known as phosphotransferases, are enzymes that transfer phosphate groups from high energy donor molecules (for example ATP) to specific target molecules (typically called substrates) in a process termed phosphorylation.
  • high energy donor molecules for example ATP
  • substrates specific target molecules
  • phosphorylation One of the largest groups of kinases is the protein kinases which act on and modify the activity of specific proteins.
  • kinases represent an attractive target for medicinal chemists as the provision of kinase inhibitors potentially allows for certain signalling processes to be controlled leading to the control of certain medical conditions.
  • PI3 phosphoinositide 3-kinase family of kinases which are involved in a wide range of cellular events such as cell migration, cell proliferation, oncogenic transformation, cell survival, signal transduction and intracellular trafficking of proteins.
  • This family of kinases has recently been the focus of much research aimed at developing therapies for a range of indications such as proliferative diseases, for example cancer, immune and inflammatory diseases, diseases supported by excessive neovascularization and transplant rejection.
  • the phosphoinositide 3-kinase (PI3) family is a group of enzymes that generate phosphatidylinositol 'second messengers'. These lipids are subsequently involved in a wide range of physiological processes.
  • the large PI3K family has been categorized into three classes, referred to as I, II, and III, each of which has its own characteristics in terms of molecular structure and substrate specificity.
  • Class I PI3K preferred in vivo substrate is phosphatidylinositol-4,5 bisphosphate, which is phosphorylated to yield phosphatidylinositol-3,4,5 trisphosphate.
  • Class IA enzymes consist of any one of the 'catalytic' subunits (p110 ⁇ , p110 ⁇ , or p110 ⁇ ) complexed with any one of the 'regulatory' subunits (p85 ⁇ , p85 ⁇ or p55 ⁇ ). Only one Class IB PI3K enzyme exists, and is made up of the p110 ⁇ catalytic and the p101 regulatory subunit. There are also three Class Il PI3Ks (Cll ⁇ , Cll ⁇ , and Cll ⁇ ) and one Class III PI3K (Vps34).
  • the class I PI3Ks are the best understood members of this family and are key players of multiple intracellular signalling networks that integrate a variety of signals initiated by many growth factors.
  • the Class IA enzymes are activated by tyrosine kinases (e.g. growth factor receptors), antigen receptors, and cytokine receptors, whilst the Class IB enzyme is activated by 'G Protein Coupled Receptors' (GPCRs).
  • GPCRs 'G Protein Coupled Receptors'
  • the PI3Ks generate lipid second messengers, which bind to, and activate, specific proteins in distinct signal transduction pathways.
  • the signal transduction pathways remain active until phosphatase enzymes, in particular the oncogene PTEN, dephosphorylate the PI3K lipid second messengers.
  • the PI3K signalling pathway is crucial to many aspects of cell growth and survival via its regulation of widely divergent physiological processes that include cell cycle progression, differentiation, transcription, translation and apoptosis. Constitutive activation of the PI3K pathway has been implicated in both the pathogenesis and progression of a large variety of cancers and there is now a rapidly accumulating body of evidence that demonstrates conclusively that PI3K signalling is frequently deregulated in cancer.
  • the deregulation of PI3K signalling is thought to occur in two different ways. The first is an increase in PI3K signalling resulting from activating gene mutations, amplification and over expression of PI3Ks or upstream receptors that activate PI3Ks.
  • the PI3K ⁇ catalytic subunit is amplified and over expressed in ovarian and cervical cancers.
  • upstream receptor tyrosine kinases that activate PI3K are commonly mutated, amplified and over expressed, e.g., EGFR in breast, ovarian and lung cancer.
  • Akt/PKB Protein Kinase B
  • Akt/PKB Protein Kinase B
  • Ras family members which are involved in PI3K activation, are frequently mutated, e.g. in colorectal and pancreatic cancer.
  • the second mechanism of PI3K deregulation involves loss of the tumor suppressor phosphatase PTEN, which occurs in many aggressive brain tumors, endometrial and breast cancers, and melanomas.
  • PI3K phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase
  • Akt phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase
  • RTKs growth factor receptor tyrosine kinases
  • Growth factor RTKs engage the class-IA PI3K, which is a heterodimer comprised of the p85 regulatory and p110 catalytic subunits.
  • the small GTPase Ras can also recruit and activate PI3K through direct binding to p110.
  • PI3K catalyzes the production of the lipid second messenger phosphatidylinositol-3,4,5-triphosphate (PIP3). Subsequently, PIP3 recruits other downstream molecules - particularly the serine-threonine kinases Akt and PDK1 — via binding to their pleckstrin-homology (PH) domains.
  • Akt is partially activated through phosphorylation at threonine 308 in its activation loop by PDK1. Additional phosphorylation at serine 473 in the C terminus of Akt results in its full activation.
  • Akt in turn regulates a wide range of target proteins, one of which is the mammalian target of Rapamycin (commonly known as mTOR).
  • the levels of PIP3 in the cell are strictly regulated and several lipid phosphatases act to rapidly remove it. Of particular interest is the. phosphatase PTEN, which converts PIP3 back to PIP2 and thus shuts off PI3K signalling.
  • the PI3K-Akt signalling pathway regulates many normal cellular processes including cell proliferation, survival, growth, and motility - processes that are critical for tumorigenesis.
  • PI3K/Akt pathway The role of the PI3K/Akt pathway in oncogenesis has also been extensively investigated and mutations or altered expression of most of the pathway's components have been widely implicated in many cancers.
  • Gene amplification of p110 occurs in some cases of human ovarian cancer, and amplification of Akt is found in ovarian, breast, and colon cancer.
  • activating mutations in p85 have been identified in ovarian and colon cancer.
  • PTEN has been identified as a major tumor suppressor in humans and loss-of-function mutations in the PTEN gene are extremely common among sporadic glioblastomas, melanomas, prostate cancers, and endometrial carcinomas, and a significant percentage of breast tumors, lung cancers, and lymphomas also bear PTEN mutations.
  • mTOR is important for the "oncogenic transformation induced by PI3K and Akt.
  • mice with a constitutively activated p85 regulatory subunit of PI3K progress to malignant lymphoma when crossed with p53-knockout mice.
  • retroviral introduction of Akt and Ras caused glioblastomas in mice provide strong validation for the development of novel anticancer strategies targeted at PI3Ks.
  • PI3K inhibitors have been intense with a number of compounds now in development having demonstrated anti-tumor activity in animal models. The most advanced compounds are now undergoing evaluation in phase I clinical trials. Accordingly compounds that are PI3K inhibitors would be expected to show interesting biological activity as PI3K inhibitors have the potential to block the PI3K/Akt signalling pathway and thereby form the basis of therapy in disease involving deregulation of this pathway.
  • Pl 3-kinase isoforms p110 ⁇ and p110 ⁇ regulate different aspects of immune and inflammatory responses.
  • Pl 3-kinase signalling in a range of immune and inflammatory diseases as well as in transplant rejection.
  • serine/threonine kinases Another area that has received attention has been the serine/threonine kinases.
  • mTOR is a serine/threonine kinase of 289 kDa and is a PI3K-like kinase that links mitogenic stimuli and nutrient status to cell growth and division.
  • mTOR was discovered during studies conducted to understand the mechanism of action of rapamycin. Upon entering cells, rapamycin binds to its intracellular target FKBP12 and the complex then binds to and specifically inhibits mTOR.
  • mTOR was, therefore, also named FKBP-RAP associated protein (FRAP), RAP FKBP12 target (RAFT1 ) and RAP target (RAPT1).
  • FRAP FKBP-RAP associated protein
  • RAFT1 RAP FKBP12 target
  • RAPT1 RAP target
  • mTOR mediates anabolic signals from 2 sources namely nutrients that pass into the cell and activated growth factor receptors. It exists in at least two distinct complexes: a rapamycin-sensitive complex, referred to as mTOR complex 1 (mTORCI), defined by its interaction with the accessory protein raptor (regulatory-associated protein of mTOR).
  • mTORCI rapamycin-sensitive complex
  • the normal activation of mTOR results in an increase in protein translation because mTORCI phosphorylates and activates the translation regulators eukaryotic initiation factor 4E-binding protein 1 and ribosomal p70 S6 kinase. Therefore, by inhibiting mTOR, rapamycin causes a decrease in phosphorylation of these effectors, and a decrease in protein synthesis, effectively blocking the pro-growth actions of mTOR.
  • mTORC2 The second complex, mTOR complex 2 (mTORC2), is rapamycin- insensitive and is defined by its interaction with rictor (rapamycin-insensitive companion of mTOR).
  • mTORC2 is involved in the regulation of the pro-survival kinase Akt/PKB by phosphorylating it on S473. Together with the phosphorylation of T308 by PDK1 , S473 phosphorylation is necessary for full Akt activation.
  • Recent reports indicate that prolonged treatment with rapamycin in some cells also suppresses the assembly and function of T0RC2 to inhibit Akt and that this property of rapamycin contributes to the anti-apoptotic effects of the drug.
  • mTOR is also one of the main downstream effectors in the phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI3K)/Akt pathway and therefore inhibition of mTOR provides a further opportunity to inhibit, at least in part, the PI3K/AM pathway.
  • PI3K phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase
  • HEF hypoxia-inducible factor
  • VHL Von Hippel-Lindau
  • HIF-1 and HIF-2 oxygen-sensitive transcription factors
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • platelet-derived growth factor transforming growth factor
  • TSC1 and TSC2 function together to inhibit mTOR-mediated downstream signalling. Mutations of these genes occur in tuberous sclerosis and their loss of function yields yet another pathway, which leads to increased activity of mTOR and induces VEGF production. TSC2 also regulates HIF. Thus, studies evaluating the impact of TSC1 and TSC2 mutations demonstrate the connection of increased VEGF and activated mTOR pathways to angiogenesis.
  • Rapamycin also named sirolimus, is a natural antibiotic produced by Streptomyces hygroscopicus. It was developed initially as an anti-fungal drug directed against Candida albicans, Cryptococcus neoformans, and Aspergillus fumigatus. Later, rapamycin was developed as an immunosuppressive agent and those studies helped in understanding the mechanism of action of this agent.
  • rapamycin As an anti-cancer agent, rapamycin was shown to inhibit the growth of several murine and human cancer cell lines in a concentration-dependent manner, both in tissue culture and xenograft models. In the sixty tumor cell lines screened at the National Cancer Institute in the USA, general sensitivity to the drug was seen at doses under 2000 ng/ml, more evident in leukemia, ovarian, breast, central nervous system and small cell lung cancer cell lines. In addition, rapamycin inhibits the oncogenic transformation of human cells induced by either PI3K or Akt and has shown metastatic tumor growth inhibition and anti-angiogenic effects in in vivo mouse models.
  • CCI-779 a more water-soluble ester derivative of rapamycin was identified by investigators at Wyeth Ayerst as a non- cytotoxic agent that delayed tumor cell proliferation.
  • CCI- 779 demonstrated anti-tumor activity alone or in combination with cytotoxic agents in a variety of human cancer models such as gliomas, rhabdomyosarcoma, primitive neuroectodermal tumor such as medulloblastoma, head and neck, prostate, pancreatic and breast cancer cells.
  • mice with CCI-779 inhibits p70S6K activity and reduces neoplastic proliferation.
  • PTEN-deficient human tumors are more sensitive to CCI-779-mediated growth inhibition than PTEN expressing cells.
  • studies in vitro in a panel of eight human breast cancer cell lines showed that six of eight cancer lines studied were inhibited by CCI-779 with IC 5 Q in the low nanomolar range. Two lines, however, were found to be resistant with IC 5 o>1 ⁇ M.
  • the sensitive cell lines were estrogen receptor positive or over-expressed HER-2/Neu, or had lost the tumor suppressor gene product PTEN.
  • the main toxicities of CCI-779 included dermatological toxicities and mild myelosuppression (mainly thrombocytemia).
  • RAD001 40-O-(2-hydroxyethyl)-rapamycin, is another analogue of rapamycin that can be administrated orally. Its anti-neoplastic activity has been evaluated in different human cancer cell lines in vitro and in xenograft models in vivo with IC50 ranging from 5 to 180OnM. p70S6K inhibition and anti-neoplastic effects have been shown in these models, with an optimal effect being achieved with 2.5 mg/kg/day in melanoma, lung, pancreas and colon carcinoma. Similarly, RAD001 demonstrated a concentration-dependent anti-tumor activity in a syngenic rat pancreas carcinoma model with an intermittent dosing schedule.
  • RAD001 has also shown anti-angiogenic activity and inhibits human vascular endothelial cell (HUVEC) proliferation.
  • the toxicity reported for RAD001 includes hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, mild leukocytopenia and thrombocytopenia.
  • RAD001 displayed a good safety profile with mild to moderate skin and mucous toxicity up to 30 mg weekly. Preliminary efficacy results showed an objective response in a patient with non-small cell lung carcinoma.
  • AP23573 is the latest rapamycin analog to be reported in clinical development. It is a phosphorus-containing compound synthesized with the aid of computational modelling studies. AP23573 was found to be stable in organic solvents, aqueous solutions at a variety of pHs and in plasma and whole blood, both in vitro and in vivo and has shown potent inhibition of diverse human tumor cell lines in vitro and as xenografts implanted into nude mice, alone or in combination with cytotoxic or targeted ' agents. In phase I trials, AP23573 was administered intravenously daily for 5 days every 2 weeks. Dose-limiting toxicity is severe grade 3 oral mucositis occurring during the first cycle.
  • rapamycin and its analogues have not shown universal anti-tumor activity in early clinical trials. Response rates vary among cancer types from a low of less than 10% in patients with glioblastomas and advanced renal-cell cancer to a high of around 40% in patients with mantle-cell lymphoma. Knowledge of the status of PTEN and PI3K/Akt/mTOR-linked pathways might help in the selection of tumor types that will respond to mTOR inhibitors. Furthermore, because many tumor types still do not respond to single agent therapy with rapamycin derivatives, it is important to continue the search for factors predictive of resistance or sensitivity to mTOR inhibitors.
  • Akt-dependent kinase activity Of particular interest will be molecules that directly inhibit mTOR kinase activity, the assumption being that such molecules will inhibit both mTORCI and mTORC2. Such an inhibitor might be beneficial for treating tumors with elevated Akt phosphorylation and might down-regulate the growth, proliferation and survival effects that are associated with Akt activation. If mTOR-rictor is a crucial activator of Akt-dependent survival processes, such a drug might promote apoptosis in tumor cells that have adapted to Akt-dependent regulatory mechanisms.
  • mTOR inhibitors have been shown to be very effective in preventing organ rejection after transplantation through an effect on immune responses, demonstrating a potential for treatment of autoimmune and inflammatory diseases as well as cancer.
  • PI3K and mTOR inhibitors also have potential to treat diseases supported by pathological neovascularization. This occurs during tumorigenesis, inflammatory conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis and ocular neovascular diseases e.g., age-related macular degeneration (AMD), retinal vascular diseases (vein occlusion and diabetic retinopathy) and other possible proliferative vascular disorders.
  • angiogenic growth factors such as VEGF, FGF and PDGF as well angiogenic cytokines and because of the role of mTOR in the regulation of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF)
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • PI3K and mTOR inhibitors also have potential to treat diseases supported by pathological neovascularization. This occurs during tumorigenesis, inflammatory conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis and ocular neovascular diseases e.g., age-related macular degeneration (AMD), retina
  • mTOR and PI3 have been identified as protein kinases that are involved in a number of disorders, and compounds that target one or more of these kinases should display useful biological activity. Accordingly, compounds that are mTOR and/or PI3K inhibitors have the potential to provide further biologically active compounds that would be expected to have useful, improved pharmaceutical properties in the treatment of proliferative disorders such as cancer, immune and inflammatory diseases, diseases supported by excessive neovascularisation and organ transplant rejection.
  • A is selected from the group consisting of N and CR 4 ;
  • B is selected from the group consisting of N and CR 5 ;
  • D is selected from the group consisting of N and CR 6 ;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of N and CR 1 ;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NO 2 , CN, NH 2 , optionally substituted Ci-Ci 2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 alkenyl, optionally substituted Ci-C 6 fluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C ⁇ -Ciaaryl, optionally substituted Ci-Ci ⁇ heteroaryl, optionally substituted C 6 -Ci 8 arylCi-C6alkyl, OR 8 , SR 8 , CO 2 R 9
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, CN, optionally substituted d-C ⁇ alkyl, OR 10 , OCOR 10 , CH 2 OR 10 , CH 2 NR 10 R 11 , CH 2 SO 2 R 10 , NR 10 R 11 , NR 10 COR 11 , and NR 10 SO 2 R 11 , or
  • R 4 when taken together with one of R 2 and R 5 , and the carbon atoms to which they are attached, forms an optionally substituted ring which may be an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring, the ring being fused to the six membered ring;
  • X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of N and CR 7 ;
  • each R 7 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NO 2 , CN, NH 2 , optionally substituted Ci-C-i 2 alkyl, optionally substituted d- C 6 fluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -C-
  • each R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-Ci 2 alkyl, optionally substituted Cz- Ci 2 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 alkynyl, optionally substituted C2- Ci 2 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3- Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C 6 -Ci 8 aryl, and optionally substituted d-Ciaheteroaryl, or
  • any two R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 when taken together with the atoms to which they are attached may form a cyclic moiety
  • v is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1 , 2, 3, and 4;
  • each R z is independently selected from the group consisting of CrC 6 alkyl, halo-Ci-C 6 alkyl, hydroxyCi-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkyloxyCi-C 6 alkyl, cyanoCi-C 6 alkyl, aminoCi-C 6 alkyl, C r C 6 alkylaminoCi-C 6 alkyl, and di(CrC 6 alkyl)aminoCrC6alkyl;
  • q is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1 , 2, 3, and 4;
  • X is CR 1 . This provides compounds of formula (Ia):
  • R j1 1 , F Dc2, R ⁇ 3 J , R nz z , A ⁇ , B D, D rv, X v1 1 , X v%2 X v3 d a , nd q are as defined above.
  • R 2 , R 3 , R z , A, B, D, X 1 , X 2 , X 3 and q are as defined above.
  • q is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1 , 2, 3, and 4. In some embodiments q is 4. In some embodiments q is 3. In some embodiments q is 2. In some embodiments q is 1. In some embodiments q is 0.
  • each R z may be selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, methyl, trifluoromethyl, and ethyl.
  • the R z substituent may be attached at the 2, 3, 5 or 6 position of the morpholine ring and in circumstances where there are multiple R z substltuents each R z substituent is located independently of the others such that where there are multiple R z substituents then two of the R z substituents may be located on the same carbon on the morpholine ring or each substituent may be located on a different carbon.
  • q is 1
  • X is CR 1
  • R z substituent is located at the 3 position of the morpholine ring. This provides compounds of formula (laa).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , A, B, D, X 1 , X 2 , X 3 and R z are as defined above.
  • q is 0 and X is CR 1 . This provides compounds of formula (lab).
  • q is 0, X is CR 1 and X 3 is N. This provides compounds of formula (lac).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , A, B, D, X 1 and X 2 are as defined above.
  • q is 0, X is CR 1 , X 1 and X 2 are CR 7 and X 3 is N. This provides compounds of formula (lad).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 7 , A, B, and D are as defined above.
  • q is 0, X is CR 1 and X 1 is N. This provides compounds of formula (lae).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , A, B, D, X 2 and X 3 are as defined above.
  • q is 0, X is CR 1 , X 1 is N and X 2 and X 3 are CR 7 . This provides compounds of formula (laf).
  • each R 7 is H.
  • two R 7 groups when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted ring which may be an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring, the ring being fused to the five membered ring.
  • the ring thus formed may be any suitable cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring and may in principle be of any suitable ring size.
  • the ring is typically a 5 to 8 membered ring. In one embodiment the ring is a five membered ring. In another embodiment the ring is a six-membered ring.
  • the ring may also be optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents.
  • the ring may be a cycloalkyl ring in that all ring atoms are carbon atoms or the ring may contain one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms.
  • the heteroatom(s) may be chosen from any known heteroatom although they are typically independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. In one specific embodiment each heteroatom is N.
  • R 7 groups when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl moiety fused to the five membered ring, the phenyl moiety being substituted with 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4 R 15 groups wherein each R 15 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NO2, CN, NH 2 , optionally substituted Ci-Ci 2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci2heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 2 - Ci 2 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C ⁇ -Cisaryl, optional
  • each R 16 , R 17 and R 18 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-Ci 2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci2alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C 6 -Ci8aryl, and optionally substituted Ci-Ci 8 heteroaryl.
  • q is O
  • X is CR 1
  • X 3 is N
  • X 1 and X 2 are CR 7 wherein the two R 7 groups when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl moiety fused to the five membered ring, the phenyl moiety being substituted with 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4 R 15 groups and the compound has the formula (II):
  • R ⁇ R , R , R 1& , A, B, and D are as defined above;
  • m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1 , 2, 3, and 4;
  • A is CR 4 , B is CR 5 and D is CR 6 . In some embodiments A is CR 4 , B is CR 5 and D is N. In some embodiments A is CR 4 , B is N and D is CR 6 . In some embodiments A is N, B is CR 5 and D is N.
  • R 4 when taken together with one of R 2 and R 5 , and the carbon atoms to which they are attached, forms an optionally substituted ring which may be an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring, the ring being fused to the six membered ring.
  • the ring may be of any suitable size although it is typically a 5 to 8 membered ring. In one embodiment the ring is a five membered ring. In another embodiment the ring is a six-membered ring.
  • the ring may be a cycloalkyl ring or a heterocycloalkyl ring containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S.
  • R 4 and R 5 when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted ring fused to the six membered ring, the ring being an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring.
  • the ring thus formed may be any suitable cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring and may in principle be of any suitable ring size.
  • the ring is typically a 5 to 8 membered ring.
  • the ring is a five membered ring. In another embodiment the ring is a six-membered ring.
  • the ring may also be optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents.
  • the ring may be a cycloalkyl ring in that all ring atoms are carbon atoms or the ring may contain one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms.
  • the heteroatom(s) may be chosen from any known heteroatom although they are typically independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. In one specific embodiment each heteroatom is N.
  • X, X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 6 are as defined above; and R 19 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH 2 OH, NH 2 , CrC 6 alkyl, and CV C 6 alkoxy.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 6 and R 19 are as defined above.
  • X 1 and X 2 are CR 7 and X 3 is N and the compound is a compound of the formula (lllb):
  • R 1 , R% R ⁇ , R b , R' and R ia are as defined above.
  • X 1 is N and X 2 and X 3 are CR 7 and the compound is a compound of the formula (IMc):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 and R 19 are as defined above.
  • R 4 and R 5 are joined and the compound is a compound of the formula (IV):
  • R 19 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH 2 OH, NH 2 , C-i-C ⁇ alkyl, and C r C ⁇ alkoxy.
  • R 4 and R 5 are joined and X is CR 1 and the compound is a compound of the formula (IVa):
  • X 1 and X 2 are CR 7 and X 3 is N and the compound is a compound of the formula (IVb):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 and R 19 are as defined above.
  • X 1 is N and X 2 and X 3 are CR 7 and the compound is a compound of the formula (IVc):
  • R 4 and R 5 are joined and the compound is a compound of the formula (V):
  • X, X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 6 are as defined above; and R 19 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH 2 OH, NH 2 , Ci-C 6 alkyl, and Cr C ⁇ alkoxy.
  • R 4 and R 5 are joined and X is CR 1 and the compound is a compound of the formula (Va):
  • X 1 and X 2 are CR 7 and X 3 is N and the compound is a compound of the formula (Vb):
  • X 1 is N and X 2 and X 3 are CR 7 and the compound is a compound of the formula (Vc):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 and R 19 are as defined above.
  • R 4 and R 2 when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted ring fused to the six membered ring, the ring being an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring.
  • the ring thus formed may be any suitable cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring and may in principle be of any suitable ring size.
  • the ring is typically a 5 to 8 membered ring. In one embodiment the ring is a five membered ring. In another embodiment the ring is a six-membered ring.
  • the ring may also be optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents.
  • the ring may be a cycloalkyl ring in that all ring atoms are carbon atoms or the ring may contain one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms.
  • the heteroatom(s) may be chosen from any known heteroatom although they are typically independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. In one specific embodiment each heteroatom is N. [0121] In some embodiments R 2 and R 4 are joined and the compound is a compound of the formula (Vl):
  • R 20 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH 2 OH, NH 2 , Ci-C 6 alkyl, and Ci- C 6 alkoxy;
  • R 2 and R 4 are joined and X is CR 1 and the compound is a compound of the formula (Via):
  • X 1 and X 2 are CR 7 and X 3 is N and the compound is a compound of the formula (VIb):
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 20 are as defined above.
  • X 1 is N and X 2 and X 3 are CR 7 and the compound is a compound of the formula (VIc):
  • R 2 and R 4 are joined and the compound is a compound of the formula (VII):
  • each R 20 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH 2 OH, NH 2 , Ci-C 6 alkyl, and Cr C ⁇ alkoxy.
  • R 2 i and R' * are joined and X is CR , and the compound is a compound of the formulc ) (Vila):
  • Formula (Vila) [0137] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
  • X 1 and X 2 are CR 7 and X 3 is N and the compound is a compound of the formula (VIIb):
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 20 are as defined above.
  • X 1 is N and X 2 and X 3 are CR 7 and the compound is a compound of the formula (VIIc):
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 20 are as defined above.
  • R 2 and R 4 are joined and the compound is a compound of the formula (VIII):
  • X, X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , R 3 , R 5 , and R 6 are as defined above and R 20 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH 2 OH, NH 2 , CrC ⁇ alkyl, and C r C ⁇ alkoxy.
  • R 2 and R 4 are joined and X is CR 1 and the compound is a compound of the formula (Villa):
  • X 1 and X 2 are CR 7 and X 3 is N and the compound is a compound of the formula (VIIIb):
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 20 are as defined above.
  • X 1 is N and X 2 and X 3 are CR 7 and the compound is a compound of the formula (VIIIc):
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 20 are as defined above.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, optionally substituted C r C 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, optionally substituted Ci-C 6 fluoroalkyl, OH, OR 8 , SR 8 , CO 2 R 9 , CONR 8 R 9 ' optionally substituted C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl optionally substituted Ce-C-iearyl, optionally substituted Ci-C-isheteroaryl, optionally substituted Ce- Ci 8 arylCi-C ⁇ alkyl and NR 8 R 9 .
  • R 1 is H.
  • R 1 is C-i-C ⁇ alkyl. In some embodiments R 1 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, propyl, 2-methyl-propyl,
  • R 1 is methyl. In some embodiments R 1 is isopropyl. In some embodiments R 1 is ethyl. In some embodiments R 1 is propyl. In some embodiments R 1 is butyl. In some embodiments R 1 is 2-methyl-propyl. In some embodiments R 1 is 1-ethyl-propyl. [0160] In some embodiments R 1 is optionally substituted CrC 6 alkyI.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of 2-cyano- ethyl, phenyl-methyl, 2-phenyl-ethyl, and (2-carboxy-methyl)-ethyl.
  • R 1 is optionally substituted C 2 -C 6 alkenyl. There are a wide range of optional substituents that may be present on the substituted alkenyl group. In some embodiments R 1 is 2-cyano-ethenyl.
  • R 1 is Ci-C ⁇ fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments R 1 is difluoro-methyl. In some embodiments R 1 is trifluoro-methyl.
  • R 1 is optionally substituted C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments R 1 is selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl. In some embodiments R 2 is cyclopropyl. In some embodiments R 1 is cyclopentyl.
  • R 1 is an optionally substituted C ⁇ -CisarylCi-Cealkyl. In some embodiments R 1 is optionally substituted phenyl-methyl. Suitable examples of optionally substituted phenyl-methyl groups include phenylmethyl, (2-chloro- phenyl)methyl, (3-chlorophenyl)methyl, and (4-chloro-phenyl)methyl. In some embodiments R 1 is optionally substituted phenyl-ethyl.
  • R 1 is CO 2 R 9 . In some embodiments R 1 is CO 2 CH 2 CH 3 . In some embodiments R 1 is CO 2 H.
  • R 1 is CONR 8 R 9 . In some embodiments R 1 is CONH(CH 2 ) 2 OCH 3 . In some embodiments R 1 is CONH(cyclopropyl).
  • R 2 is H.
  • R 3 is H.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of OH, CN, NHCOCH 3 , F, Cl, OCH 3 , and CH 2 OH.
  • R 6 is H.
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted C-rC ⁇ alkyl, optionally substituted d-C ⁇ fluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci2alkynyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C 6 -C 18 aryl, optionally substituted CrCisheteroaryl, and SR 12 .
  • R 7 is H.
  • R 7 is CrC 6 alkyl.
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, propyl, 2-methyl-propyl, 1-ethyl-propyl, 3,3-dimethyl-propyl, butyl, isobutyl, 3,3-dimethyl-butyl, 2-ethyl-butyl, pentyl, and hexyl.
  • R 7 is methyl.
  • R 7 is isopropyl.
  • R 7 is ethyl.
  • R 7 is propyl.
  • R 7 is butyl.
  • R 7 is 2-methyl-propyl.
  • R 7 is 1-ethyl-propyl.
  • R 7 is optionally substituted CrC 6 alkyl. There are a wide range of optional substituents that may be present on the substituted alkyl group. In some embodiments R 7 is selected from the group consisting of 2-cyano- ethyl and hydroxy-methyl.
  • R 7 is optionally substituted C 2 -C 6 alkenyl. There are a wide range of optional substituents that may be present on the substituted alkenyl group. In some embodiments R 7 is selected from the group consisting of 2-cyano- ethenyl and 2(carboxy-methyl)ethenyl. [0177] In some embodiments R 7 is Ci-C 6 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments R 1 is difluoro-methyl. In some embodiments R 7 is trifluoro-methyl.
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 heteroalkyl group.
  • the C 2 -C 12 heteroalkyl group is selected from the group consisting of hydroxyCi-C ⁇ alkyl, Ci-C ⁇ alkyloxyCrCealkyl, aminoCrC ⁇ alkyl, Cr C ⁇ alkylaminoCrCealkyl, and di(Ci-C 6 alkyl)aminoCi-C 6 alkyl.
  • R 7 examples include hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl, hydroxybutyl, hydroxypentyl, methoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 3- methoxypropyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 3-ethoxypropyl, aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, 3- aminopropyl, 4-aminobutyl, 5 aminopentyl, methylaminomethyl, 2-methylaminoethyl, 3-methylaminopropyl, 4-methylaminobutyl, 5-methylaminopentyl, ethylaminomethyl, 2-ethylaminoethyl, 3-ethylaminopropyl, 4-ethylaminobutyl, 5-ethylaminopentyl, dimethylaminomethyl, 2-dimethylaminoethyl, 3-dimethylaminopropyl, 4- dimethylaminomethyl,
  • the C 2 -Ci 2 heteroalkyl is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-N(CH3)-(CH 2 ) 2 -N(CH 2 CH 3 )2, -CH 2 -NH-(CH 2 ) 3 CH 3 , and -CH 2 -NH- (CH 2 ) 2 OCH 3 .
  • each R 7 is H.
  • the two R 7 groups when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted ring which may be an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring, the ring being fused to the five membered ring.
  • the ring thus formed may be any suitable cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring and may in principle be of any suitable ring size.
  • the ring is typically a 5 to 8 membered ring. In one embodiment the ring is a five membered ring. In another embodiment the ring is a six-membered ring.
  • the ring may also be optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents.
  • the ring may be a cycloalkyl ring in that all ring atoms are carbon atoms or the ring may contain one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms.
  • the heteroatom(s) may be chosen from any known heteroatom although they are typically independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. In one specific embodiment each heteroatom is N. In one specific embodiment the two R 7 groups are joined to form a six membered aromatic ring.
  • R 7 groups when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl moiety fused to the five membered ring, the phenyl moiety being substituted with 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4 R 15 groups wherein each R 15 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NO 2 , CN, NH 2 , optionally substituted Ci-Ci 2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 2 - Ci 2 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C 6 -Ci 8 ary
  • each R 16 , R 17 and R 18 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-C, 2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -C- ⁇ 2 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 alkynyl, optionally substituted Ci-Ci 2 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -Ci 2 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C ⁇ -Ci ⁇ aryl, and optionally substituted Ci-Ciaheteroaryl.
  • R 8 is selected from H and Ci-C ⁇ alkyl. In some embodiments R 8 is methyl. In some embodiments R 8 is H. [0184] In some embodiments of the compounds containing the group R 9 , R 9 is selected from H and Ci-C ⁇ alkyl. In some embodiments R 9 is methyl. In some embodiments R 9 is H.
  • R 10 is selected from H and C- ⁇ -C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments R 10 is methyl. In some embodiments R 10 is H.
  • R 11 is selected from H and Ci-C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments R 11 is methyl. In some embodiments R 11 is H.
  • R 12 is selected from H and C r C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments R 12 is methyl. In some embodiments R 12 is H.
  • R 13 is selected from H and C r C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments R 13 is methyl. In some embodiments R 13 is H.
  • R 14 is selected from H and C-i-C ⁇ alkyl. In some embodiments R 14 is methyl. In some embodiments R 14 is H.
  • R 15 is selected from H, Cl, NH 2 , and CrC 6 alkyl. In some embodiments R 15 is methyl. In some embodiments R 15 is H. In some embodiments R 15 is Cl. In some embodiments R 15 is NH 2 .
  • R 16 is selected from H and C r C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments R 16 is methyl. In some embodiments R 16 is H. [0192] In some embodiments of the compounds containing the group R 17 , R 17 is selected from H and d-C ⁇ alkyl. In some embodiments R 17 is methyl. In some embodiments R 17 is H.
  • R 18 is selected from H and Ci-C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments R 18 is methyl. In some embodiments R 18 is H.
  • R 19 is selected from H and C-i-C ⁇ alkyl. m some embodiments R 19 is methyl. In some embodiments R 19 is H.
  • R 20 is selected from H and C r C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments R 20 is methyl. In some embodiments R 20 is H.
  • R a is H, optionally substituted Ci-Ci 2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 - C-
  • two adjacent optional substituents may, when taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a cyclic moiety such as an optionally substituted C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl moiety or an optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl moiety.
  • the embodiments disclosed are also directed to pharmaceutically acceptable salts, pharmaceutically acceptable N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs, and pharmaceutically active metabolites of such compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such metabolites.
  • the invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions including a compound of the invention with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • the invention provides a method of inhibiting a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, the method including exposing the protein kinase or a fragment or complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and/or co-factor(s) thereof to an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
  • a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, the method including exposing the protein kinase or a fragment or complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and/or co-factor(s) thereof to an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
  • the compounds disclosed herein may act directly and solely on the kinase molecule or a complex or fragment thereof to inhibit biological activity. However, it is understood that the compounds may also act at least partially on co-factors that are involved in the phosphorylation process.
  • co-factors include ionic species (such as zinc and calcium), lipids (such as phosphatidylserine), and diacylglycerols.
  • the protein kinase is a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or complex thereof is an mTOR protein kinase or a fragment thereof, or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the serine/threonine protein kinase is mTORCI or a fragment or complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the protein kinase is a PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof is a class I PI3K or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • exposing the one or more protein kinase(s) to the compound includes administering the compound to a mammal containing the one or more protein kinase(s).
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the invention to inhibit one or more protein kinase(s) selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • protein kinase is a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or complex thereof is an mTOR protein kinase or a fragment thereof, or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof. In some embodiments the serine/threonine protein kinase is mTORCI or a fragment or complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the protein kinase is a PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof is a class I PI3K or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of treating or preventing a condition in a mammal in which inhibition of one or more protein kinase(s) selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, prevents, inhibits or ameliorates a pathology or a symptomology of the condition, the method including administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
  • protein kinase(s) selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, prevents, inhibits or ameliorates a pathology or a symptomology of the condition, the method including administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of
  • the protein kinase is a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or complex thereof is an mTOR protein kinase or a fragment thereof, or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the serine/threonine protein kinase is mTORCI or a fragment or complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the protein kinase is a PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof is a class I PI3K or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the condition is cancer.
  • the cancer is selected from the group consisting of Hematologic cancer such as myeloproliferative disorders (idiopathic myelofibrosis, polycythemia vera, essential thrombocythemia, chronic myeloid leukemia), myeloid metaplasia, chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute erythroblastic leukemia, Hodgkin's and Non Hodgkin's disease, B-cell lymphoma, acute T-cell leukemia, myelodysplastic syndromes, plasma cell disorder, hairy cell leukemia, kaposi's sarcoma, lymphoma and hyperproliferative conditions such as psoriasis and restenosis; gynaecologic cancer such as breast carcinoma, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, vaginal and vulva cancer, endometrial hyperplasia; gastrointestinal tract cancer such as colorectal carcinoma, polyps, liver cancer,
  • compounds of this invention can be used to treat pre-cancer conditions or hyperplasia including familial adenomatous polyposis, colonic adenomatous polyps, myeloid dysplasia, endometrial dysplasia, endometrial hyperplasia with atypia, cervical dysplasia, vaginal intraepithelial neoplasia, benign prostatic hyperplasia, papillomas of the larynx, actinic and solar keratosis, seborrheic keratosis and keratoacanthoma.
  • pre-cancer conditions or hyperplasia including familial adenomatous polyposis, colonic adenomatous polyps, myeloid dysplasia, endometrial dysplasia, endometrial hyperplasia with atypia, cervical dysplasia, vaginal intraepithelial neoplasia, benign prostatic hyperplasia, papillomas of the
  • the condition is an autoimmune or inflammatory disease or a disease supported by excessive neovascularisation.
  • Diseases that have been attributed with some degree of autoimmune etiology, or that involve pathological inflammatory and neovascularization responses include the following: acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease, agammaglobulinemia, agranulocytosis, allergic asthma, allergic encephalomyelitis, allergic rhinitis, alopecia areata, alopecia senilis, anerythroplasia, ankylosing spondylitis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aortitis syndrome, aplastic anemia, atopic dermatitis, autoimmune haemolytic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, autoimmune oophoritis, BaIo disease, Basedow's disease, Behcet's disease, bronchial asthma, Castleman's syndrome, celiac disease, Cha
  • the invention provides use of a compound of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for treating a condition in an animal in which inhibition of one or more protein kinase(s) selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, prevents, inhibits or ameliorates a pathology or a symptomology of the condition.
  • protein kinase(s) selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, prevents, inhibits or ameliorates a pathology or a symptomology of the condition.
  • the present invention provides the use of a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide or prodrug thereof in the treatment of a condition in which inhibition of one or more protein kinase(s) selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, prevents, inhibits or ameliorates a pathology or a symptomology of the condition.
  • protein kinase(s) selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, prevents, inhibits or ameliorates a pathology or a symptomology of the condition.
  • the protein kinase is a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or complex thereof is an mTOR protein kinase or a fragment thereof, or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the serine/threonine protein kinase is mTORCI or a fragment or complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the protein kinase is a PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof is a class I PI3K or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the present invention provides a method of prevention or treatment of a proliferative condition in a subject, the method including administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
  • the present invention provides the use of a compound of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for treating a proliferative condition in a subject.
  • the condition is cancer.
  • the cancer is selected from the group consisting of Hematologic cancer such as myeloproliferative disorders (idiopathic myelofibrosis, polycythemia vera, essential thrombocythemia, chronic myeloid leukemia), myeloid metaplasia, chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute erythroblastic leukemia, Hodgkin's and Non Hodgkin's disease, B-cell lymphoma, acute T-cell leukemia, myelodysplastic syndromes, plasma cell disorder, hairy cell leukemia, kaposi's sarcoma, lymphoma; gynaecologic cancer such as breast carcinoma, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, vaginal and vulva cancer, endometrial hyperplasia; gastrointestinal tract cancer such as colorectal carcinoma, polyps, liver cancer, gastric cancer, pancreatic cancer
  • R a , R b , R° and R d are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, Ci-Ci 2 alkyl, CrCi 2 haloalkyl, C 2 -Ci 2 alkenyl, C 2 -Ci 2 alkynyl, C2-C10 heteroalkyl, C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, C 2 -Ci 2 heterocycloalkyl, C 2 -Ci 2 heterocycloalkenyl, C ⁇ -Cisaryl, d-Cisheteroaryl, and acyl, or any two or more of R a , R b , R c and R d , when taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring system with 3 to 12 ring atoms.
  • two adjacent optional substituents may, when taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a cyclic moiety such as an optionally substituted C 3 -C-
  • Examples of particularly suitable optional substituents include F, Cl, Br, I, CH 3 , CH 2 CH 3 , OH, OCH 3 , CF 3 , OCF 3 , NO 2 , NH 2 , and CN.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. This is intended to signify that the use of the term is intended to encompass the situation where the group is a linker between two other portions of the molecule as well as where it is a terminal moiety.
  • alkyl alkyl
  • alkylene alkylene
  • examples of acyl include acetyl and benzoyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the carbonyl carbon.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
  • alkenyl as a group or part of a group denotes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched preferably having 2-12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, most preferably 2-6 carbon atoms, in the normal chain.
  • the group may contain a plurality of double bonds in the normal chain and the orientation about each is independently E or Z.
  • Exemplary alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl and nonenyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • alkenyloxy refers to an alkenyl-O- group in which alkenyl is as defined herein.
  • Preferred alkenyloxy groups are C r C 6 alkenyloxy groups.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
  • Alkyl as a group or part of a group refers to a straight or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, preferably a C 1 -C- 12 alkyl, more preferably a C1-C10 alkyl, most preferably d-C ⁇ unless otherwise noted.
  • suitable straight and branched CrC ⁇ alkyl substituents include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 2-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, hexyl, and the like.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Alkylamino includes both mono-alkylamino and dialkylamino, unless specified.
  • Mono-alkylamino means an Alkyl-NH- group, in which alkyl is as defined herein.
  • Dialkylamino means a (alkyl) 2 N- group, in which each alkyl may be the same or different and are each as defined herein for alkyl.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a Ci-C ⁇ alkyl group.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the carbonyl carbon.
  • Alkyloxy refers to an alkyl-O- group in which alkyl is as defined herein.
  • the alkyloxy is a Ci-C 6 alkyloxy. Examples include, but are not limited to, methoxy and ethoxy.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Alkyloxyalkyl refers to an alkyloxy-alkyl- group in which the alkyloxy and alkyl moieties are as defined herein.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alky] group.
  • Alkyloxyaryl refers to an alkyloxy-aryl- group in which the alkyloxy and aryl moieties are as defined herein.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the aryl group.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a CrC ⁇ alkyl group. Examples include, but are not limited to, methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the carbonyl carbon.
  • Alkyloxycycloalkyl refers to an alkyloxy-cycloalkyl- group in which the alkyloxy and cycloalkyl moieties are as defined herein.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the cycloalkyl group.
  • Alkyloxyheteroaryl refers to an alkyloxy-heteroaryl- group in which the alkyloxy and heteroaryl moieties are as defined herein.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroaryl group.
  • Alkyloxyheterocycloalkyl refers to an alkyloxy-heterocycloalkyl- group in which the alkyloxy and heterocycloalkyl moieties are as defined herein.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heterocycloalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a Ci-C ⁇ alkyl group.
  • Exemplary alkylsulfinyl groups include, but not limited to, methylsulfinyl and ethylsulfinyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a Ci-C 6 alkyl group. Examples include, but not limited to methylsulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
  • Alkynyl as a group or part of a group means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched preferably having from 2-12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-6 carbon atoms in the normal chain.
  • Exemplary structures include, but are not limited to, ethynyl and propynyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Alkynyloxy refers to an alkynyl-O- group in which alkynyl is as defined herein.
  • Preferred alkynyloxy groups are Ci-C 6 alkynyloxy groups.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
  • Aminoalkyl means an NH 2 -alkyl- group in which the alkyl group is as defined herein.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
  • Aryl as a group or part of a group denotes (i) an optionally substituted monocyclic, or fused polycyclic, aromatic carbocycle (ring structure having ring atoms that are all carbon) preferably having from 5 to 12 atoms per ring.
  • aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, and the like; (ii) an optionally substituted partially saturated bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic moiety in which a phenyl and a C5-7 cycloalkyl or C 5 - 7 cycloalkenyl group are fused together to form a cyclic structure, such as tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl or indanyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • an aryl group is a C 6 -Ci S aryl group.
  • Arylalkenyl means an aryl-alkenyl- group in which the aryl and alkenyl are as defined herein.
  • exemplary arylalkenyl groups include phenylallyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
  • Arylalkyl means an aryl-alkyl- group in which the aryl and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. Preferred arylalkyl groups contain a C 1-5 alkyl moiety. Exemplary arylalkyl groups include benzyl, phenethyl, 1-naphthalenemethyl and 2- naphthalenemethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
  • Arylalkyloxy refers to an aryl-alkyl-O- group in which the alkyl and aryl are as defined herein.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
  • Arylamino includes both mono-arylamino and di-arylamino unless specified.
  • Mono-arylamino means a group of formula arylNH-, in which aryl is as defined herein, di-arylamino means a group of formula (aryl) 2 N- where each aryl may be the same or different and are each as defined herein for aryl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
  • Arylheteroalkyl means an aryl-heteroalkyl- group in which the aryl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
  • Aryloxy refers to an aryl-O- group in which the aryl is as defined herein.
  • the aryloxy is a C ⁇ -Cisaryloxy, more preferably a C ⁇ -Cioaryloxy.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
  • a “bond” is a linkage between atoms in a compound or molecule.
  • the bond may be a single bond, a double bond, or a triple bond.
  • Cycloalkenyl means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and preferably having from 5-10 carbon atoms per ring.
  • Exemplary monocyclic cycloalkenyl rings include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl or cycloheptenyl.
  • the cycloalkenyl group may be substituted by one or more substituent groups.
  • a cycloalkenyl group typically is a C 3 - Ci 2 alkenyl group. . The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Cycloalkyl refers to a saturated monocyclic or fused or spiro polycyclic, carbocycle preferably containing from 3 to 9 carbons per ring, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like, unless otherwise specified. It includes monocyclic systems such as cyclopropyl and cyclohexyl, bicyclic systems such as decalin, and polycyclic systems such as adamantane.
  • a cycloalkyl group typically is a C3-C12 alkyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Cycloalkylalkyl means a cycloalkyl-alkyl- group in which the cycloalkyl and alkyl moieties are as defined herein.
  • Exemplary monocycloalkylalkyl groups include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl and cycloheptylmethyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
  • Cycloalkylalkenyl means a cycloalkyl-alkenyl- group in which the cycloalkyl and alkenyl moieties are as defined herein.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
  • Cycloalkylheteroalkyl means a cycloalkyl-heteroalkyl- group in which the cycloalkyl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
  • Cycloalkyloxy refers to a cycloalkyl-O- group in which cycloalkyl is as defined herein.
  • the cycloalkyloxy is a d-C ⁇ cycloalkyloxy. Examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopropanoxy and cyclobutanoxy.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
  • Cycloalkenyloxy refers to a cycloalkenyl-O- group in which the cycloalkenyl is as defined herein.
  • the cycloalkenyloxy is a Cr Cecycloalkenyloxy.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
  • Haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
  • a haloalkyl group typically has the formula C n H (2 ⁇ + i-m)Xm wherein each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br and I.
  • n is typically from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, most preferably 1 to 3.
  • m is typically 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3.
  • Examples of haloalkyl include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl and trifluoromethyl.
  • Haloalkenyl refers to an alkenyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br and I.
  • Haloalkynyl refers to an alkynyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br and I.
  • Halogen represents chlorine, fluorine, bromine or iodine.
  • Heteroalkyl refers to a straight- or branched-chain alkyl group preferably having from 2 to 12 carbons, more preferably 2 to 6 carbons in the chain, in which one or more of the carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are each independently replaced by a heteroatomic group selected from S, O, P and NR' where R' is selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-Ci2alkyl, optionally substituted C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 6 -Ci 8 aryl, and optionally substituted C r Ci 8 heteroaryl.
  • heteroalkyls include alkyl ethers, secondary and tertiary alkyl amines, amides, alkyl sulfides, and the like.
  • heteroalkyl also include hydroxyCi-C 6 alkyl, Ci-CealkyloxyCrC ⁇ alkyl, aminoCi-C 6 alkyl, CrC 6 alkylaminoCi-C 6 alkyl, and di(Ci-C 6 alkyl)aminoCi-C 6 alkyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Heteroalkyloxy refers to a heteroalkyl-O- group in which heteroalkyl is as defined herein.
  • the heteroalkyloxy is a C 2 -C 6 heteroalkyloxy.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Heteroaryl either alone or part of a group refers to groups containing an aromatic ring (preferably a 5 or 6 membered aromatic ring) having one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms in the aromatic ring with the remainder of the ring atoms being carbon atoms. Suitable heteroatoms include nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur.
  • heteroaryl examples include thiophene, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzisothiazole, naphtho[2,3- b]thiophene, furan, isoindolizine, xantholene, phenoxatine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, tetrazole, indole, isoindole, 1 H- indazole, purine, quinoline, isoquinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, cinnoline, carbazole, phenanthridine, acridine, phenazine, thiazole, isothiazole, phenothiazine, oxazole, isooxazole, furazane, phen
  • Heteroarylalkyl means a heteroaryl-alkyl group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl moieties are as defined herein.
  • Preferred heteroarylalkyl groups contain a lower alkyl moiety.
  • Exemplary heteroarylalkyl groups include pyridylmethyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
  • Heteroarylalkenyl means a heteroaryl-alkenyl- group in which the heteroaryl and alkenyl moieties are as defined herein.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
  • Heteroarylheteroalkyl means a heteroaryl-heteroalkyl- group in which the heteroaryl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
  • Heteroaryloxy refers to a heteroaryl-O- group in which the heteroaryl is as defined herein.
  • the heteroaryloxy is a C r Ci 8 heteroaryloxy.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
  • Heterocyclic refers to saturated, partially unsaturated or fully unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic or polycyclic ring system containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen as a ring atom.
  • heterocyclic moieties include heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl and heteroaryl.
  • Heterocycloalkenyl refers to a heterocycloalkyl group as defined herein but containing at least one double bond.
  • a heterocycloalkenyl group typically is a C2- C 12 heterocycloalkenyl group.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Heterocycloalkyl refers to a saturated monocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur, oxygen, preferably from 1 to 3 heteroatoms in at least one ring. Each ring is preferably from 3 to 10 membered, more preferably 4 to 7 membered.
  • heterocycloalkyl substituents include pyrrolidyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothiofuranyl, piperidyl, piperazyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morphilino, 1 ,3-diazapane, 1 ,4-diazapane, 1 ,4- oxazepane, and 1 ,4-oxathiapane.
  • a heterocycloalkyl group typically is a C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Heterocycloalkylalkyl refers to a heterocycloalkyl-alkyl- group in which the heterocycloalkyl and alkyl moieties are as defined herein.
  • exemplary heterocycloalkylalkyl groups include (2-tetrahydrofuryl)methyl,
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
  • Heterocycloalkylalkenyl refers to a heterocycloalkyl-alkenyl- group in which the heterocycloalkyl and alkenyl moieties are as defined herein.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
  • Heterocycloalkylheteroalkyl means a heterocycloalkyl-heteroalkyl- group in which the heterocycloalkyl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
  • Heterocycloalkyloxy refers to a heterocycloalkyl-O- group in which the heterocycloalkyl is as defined herein.
  • the heterocycloalkyloxy is a Ci- C ⁇ heterocycloalkyloxy.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
  • Heterocycloalkenyloxy refers to a heterocycloalkenyl-O- group in which heterocycloalkenyl is as defined herein.
  • the Heterocycloalkenyloxy is a Cr Ce Heterocycloalkenyloxy.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
  • Hydroalkyl refers to an alkyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with an OH group.
  • a hydroxyalkyl group typically has the formula C n H(2n+i- ⁇ )(OH) x .
  • n is typically from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, most preferably 1 to 3.
  • x is typically 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3.
  • “Lower alkyl” as a group means unless otherwise specified, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the chain, more preferably 1 to 4 carbons such as methyl, ethyl, propyl (n-propyl or isopropyl) or butyl (n-butyl, isobutyl or tertiary-butyl).
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
  • Sulfonyl means an R-S(O) 2 - group in which the R group may be OH, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl; aryl or heteroaryl group as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
  • Some of the compounds of the disclosed embodiments may exist as single stereoisomers, racemates, and/or mixtures of enantiomers and /or diastereomers. All such single stereoisomers, racemates and mixtures thereof, are intended to be within the scope of the subject matter described and claimed.
  • Formula (I) is intended to cover, where applicable, solvated as well as unsolvated forms of the compounds.
  • each formula includes compounds having the indicated structure, including the hydrated as well as the non-hydrated forms.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to salts that retain the desired biological activity of the above-identified compounds, and include pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts and base addition salts.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of compounds of Formula (I) may be prepared from an inorganic acid or from an organic acid. Examples of such inorganic acids are hydrochloric, sulfuric, and phosphoric acid.
  • Appropriate organic acids may be selected from aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, heterocyclic carboxylic and sulfonic classes of organic acids, examples of which are formic, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, fumaric, maleic, alkyl sulfonic, arylsulfonic. Additional information on pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA 1995. In the case of agents that are solids, it is understood by those skilled in the art that the inventive compounds, agents and salts may exist in different crystalline or polymorphic forms, all of which are intended to be within the scope of the present invention and specified formulae.
  • Prodrug means a compound that undergoes conversion to a compound of formula (I) within a biological system, usually by metabolic means (e.g. by hydrolysis, reduction or oxidation).
  • metabolic means e.g. by hydrolysis, reduction or oxidation.
  • an ester prodrug of a compound of formula (I) containing a hydroxyl group may be convertible by hydrolysis in vivo to the parent molecule.
  • Suitable esters of compounds of formula (I) containing a hydroxyl group are for example acetates, citrates, lactates, tartrates, malonates, oxalates, salicylates, propionates, succinates, fumarates, maleates, methylene-bis- ⁇ -hydroxynaphthoates, gestisates, isethionates, di-p-toluoyltartrates, methanesulphonates, ethanesulphonates, benzenesulphonates, p-toluenesulphonates, cyclohexylsulphamates and quinates.
  • an ester prodrug of a compound of formula (I) containing a carboxy group may be convertible by hydrolysis in vivo to the parent molecule.
  • ester prodrugs are those described by F.J. Leinweber, Drug Metab. Res., 18:379, 1987.
  • an acyl prodrug of a compound of formula (I) containing an amino group may be convertible by hydrolysis in vivo to the parent molecule.
  • prodrugs for these and other functional groups, including amines are described in Prodrugs: Challenges and Rewards (Parts 1 and 2); Ed V. Stella, R. Borchardt, M. Hageman, R.Oliyai, H. Maag and J Tilley; Springer, 2007).
  • terapéuticaally effective amount or "effective amount” is an amount sufficient to effect beneficial or desired clinical results.
  • An effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations.
  • An effective amount is typically sufficient to palliate, ameliorate, stabilize, reverse, slow or delay the progression of the disease state.
  • kinases may have isoforms, such that while the primary, secondary, tertiary or quaternary structure of a given kinase isoform is different to the protoypical kinase, the molecule maintains biological activity as a protein kinase. Isoforms may arise from normal allelic variation within a population and include mutations such as amino acid substitution, deletion, addition, truncation, or duplication. Also included within the term “functional equivalent” are variants generated at the level of transcription. Many kinases have isoforms that arise from transcript variation. Other functional equivalents include kinases having altered post-translational modification such as glycosylation.
  • the compounds of the invention have the ability to inhibit the activity of certain protein kinases.
  • the ability to inhibit kinase activity may be a result of the compounds of the invention acting directly and solely on the kinase molecule to inhibit biological activity. However, it is understood that the compounds may also act at least partially on co-factors of the kinase in question that are involved in the phosphorylation process.
  • the compounds may have activity against PI3 protein kinases or a fragment or a complex or a functional equivalent thereof.
  • the compounds may have activity against certain serine/threonine kinases such as mTOR or a fragment or complex or functional equivalent thereof.
  • the inhibition of the protein kinase may be carried out in any of a number of well known ways in the art. For example if inhibition of the protein kinase in vitro is desired an appropriate amount of the compound of the invention may be added to a solution containing the kinase. In circumstances where it is desired to inhibit the activity of the kinase in a mammal the inhibition of the kinase typically involves administering the compound to a mammal containing the kinase. [0306] Accordingly the compounds of the invention may find a multiple number of applications in which their ability to inhibit protein kinases of the type mentioned above can be utilised. For example the compounds may be used to inhibit serine/threonine protein kinases. The compounds may also be used in treating or preventing a condition in a mammal in which inhibition of a protein kinase and/or co- factor thereof prevents, inhibits or ameliorates a pathology or a symptomology of the condition.
  • the compounds disclosed have the ability to be used in the treatment of proliferative disorders.
  • An example of such a disorder is cancer. It is anticipated that the compounds will have the ability to treat both solid and liquid tumors.
  • the cancers that may be treated by compounds of the present invention include solid tumors and hematological cancers.
  • cancer is a general term intended to encompass the vast number of conditions that are characterized by uncontrolled abnormal growth of cells. It is anticipated that the compounds of the invention will be useful in treating various cancers including but not limited to bone cancers, brain and CNS tumours, breast cancers, colorectal cancers, endocrine cancers including adrenocortical carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, pituitary cancer, thyroid cancer, parathyroid cancer, thymus cancer, gastrointestinal cancers, Liver cancer, extra hepatic bile duct cancer, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumour, gall bladder cancer, genitourinary cancers, gynaecological cancers, head and neck cancers, leukemias, myelomas, hematological disorders, lung cancers, lymphomas, eye cancers, skin cancers, soft tissue sarcomas, adult soft tissue sarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, urinary system cancers.
  • Exemplary cancers that may be treated by compounds of this invention include Hematologic cancer such as myeloproliferative disorders (idiopathic myelofibrosis, polycythemia vera, essential thrombocythemia, chronic myeloid leukemia), myeloid metaplasia, chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute erythroblastic leukemia, Hodgkin's and Non Hodgkin's disease, B-cell lymphoma, acute T-cell leukemia, myelodysplastic syndromes, plasma cell disorder, hairy cell leukemia, kaposi's sarcoma, lymphoma and hyperproliferative conditions such as psoriasis and restenosis; gynaecologic cancer such as breast carcinoma, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, vaginal and vulva cancer, endometrial hyperplasia; gastrointestinal tract cancer such as colorectal carcinoma, polyps
  • Compounds of this invention may also be used to treat pre-cancer conditions or hyperplasia including familial adenomatous polyposis, colonic adenomatous polyps, myeloid dysplasia, endometrial dysplasia, endometrial hyperplasia with atypia, cervical dysplasia, vaginal intraepithelial neoplasia, benign prostatic hyperplasia, papillomas of the larynx, actinic and solar keratosis, seborrheic keratosis and keratoacanthoma.
  • pre-cancer conditions or hyperplasia including familial adenomatous polyposis, colonic adenomatous polyps, myeloid dysplasia, endometrial dysplasia, endometrial hyperplasia with atypia, cervical dysplasia, vaginal intraepithelial neoplasia, benign prostatic hyperplasia, papillo
  • the compounds of the invention will be useful in treating autoimmune or inflammatory diseases or diseases supported by excessive neovascularisation.
  • Diseases that have been attributed with some degree of autoimmune etiology, or that involve pathological inflammatory and neovascularization responses include, but are not limited to, the following: acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease, agammaglobulinemia, agranulocytosis, allergic asthma, allergic encephalomyelitis, allergic rhinitis, alopecia areata, alopecia senilis, anerythroplasia, ankylosing spondylitis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aortitis syndrome, aplastic anemia, atopic dermatitis, autoimmune haemolytic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, autoimmune oophoritis, BaIo disease, Basedow's disease, Behcet's disease, bronchial asthma, Castle
  • the compounds of the invention may also be used the preparation of a medicament for treating a condition in an animal in which inhibition of a protein kinase can prevent, inhibit or ameliorate the pathology or symptomology of the condition.
  • the compounds of the invention may also be used in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of a kinase-related disorder.
  • Administration of compounds within Formula (I) to humans can be by any of the accepted modes for enteral administration such as oral or rectal, or by parenteral administration such as subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and intradermal routes. Injection can be bolus or via constant or intermittent infusion.
  • the active compound is typically included in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent and in an amount sufficient to deliver to the patient a therapeutically effective dose.
  • the inhibitor compound may be selectively toxic or more toxic to rapidly proliferating cells, e.g. cancerous tumours, than to normal cells.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered in any form or mode which makes the compound bioavailable.
  • One skilled in the art of preparing formulations can readily select the proper form and mode of administration depending upon the particular characteristics of the compound selected, the condition to be treated, the stage of the condition to be treated and other relevant circumstances. We refer the reader to Remingtons Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19 th edition, Mack Publishing Co. (1995) for further information.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be administered alone or in the form of a pharmaceutical composition in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier diluent or excipient.
  • the compounds of the invention while effective themselves, are typically formulated and administered in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts as these forms are typically more stable, more easily crystallised and have increased solubility.
  • compositions which are formulated depending on the desired mode of administration.
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition including a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • the compositions are prepared in manners well known in the art.
  • the invention in other embodiments provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
  • a pack or kit can be found a container having a unit dosage of the agent (s).
  • the kits can include a composition comprising an effective agent either as concentrates (including lyophilized compositions), which can be diluted further prior to use or they can be provided at the concentration of use, where the vials may include one or more dosages.
  • single dosages can be provided in sterile vials so that the physician can employ the vials directly, where the vials will have the desired amount and concentration of agent(s).
  • Associated with such container(s) can be various written materials such as instructions for use, or a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
  • the compounds of the invention may be used or administered in combination with one or more additional drug(s) for the treatment of the disorder/diseases mentioned.
  • the components can be administered in the same formulation or in separate formulations. If administered in separate formulations the compounds of the invention may be administered sequentially or simultaneously with the other drug(s).
  • the compounds of the invention may be used in a combination therapy. When this is done the compounds are typically administered in combination with each other. Thus one or more of the compounds of the invention may be administered either simultaneously (as a combined preparation) or sequentially in order to achieve a desired effect. This is especially desirable where the therapeutic profile of each compound is different such that the combined effect of the two drugs provides an improved therapeutic result.
  • compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservative, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of micro-organisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents that delay absorption such as aluminium monostearate and gelatin.
  • the compounds can be incorporated into slow release or targeted delivery systems such as polymer matrices, liposomes, and microspheres.
  • the injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions that can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium just prior to use.
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules.
  • the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol
  • the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents.
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
  • the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
  • the active compounds can also be in microencapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-mentioned excipients.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs.
  • the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1 ,3-butylene glycol, dimethyl formamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, poly(ethylene glycol)s and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
  • inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emul
  • the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
  • adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
  • Suspensions in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminium metahydroxide, bentonite, agar- agar, and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
  • suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminium metahydroxide, bentonite, agar- agar, and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
  • Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at room temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and
  • Dosage forms for topical administration of a compound of this invention include powders, patches, sprays, ointments and inhalants.
  • the active compound is mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
  • the amount of compound administered will preferably treat and reduce or alleviate the condition.
  • a therapeutically effective amount can be readily determined by an attending diagnostician by the use of conventional techniques and by observing results obtained under analogous circumstances. In determining the therapeutically effective amount a number of factors are to be considered including but not limited to, the species of animal, its size, age and general health, the specific condition involved, the severity of the condition, the response of the patient to treatment, the particular compound administered, the mode of administration, the bioavailability of the preparation administered, the dose regime selected, the use of other medications and other relevant circumstances.
  • a preferred dosage will be a range from about 0.01 to 300 mg per kilogram of body weight per day.
  • a more preferred dosage will be in the range from 0.1 to 100 mg per kilogram of body weight per day, more preferably from 0.2 to 80 mg per kilogram of body weight per day, even more preferably 0.2 to 50 mg per kilogram of body weight per day.
  • a suitable dose can be administered in multiple sub-doses per day.
  • the agents of the various embodiments may be prepared using the reaction routes and synthesis schemes as described below, employing the techniques available in the art using starting materials that are readily available.
  • the preparation of particular compounds of the embodiments is described in detail in the following examples, but the artisan will recognize that the chemical reactions described may be readily adapted to prepare a number of other agents of the various embodiments.
  • the synthesis of non-exemplified compounds may be successfully performed by modifications apparent to those skilled in the art, e.g. by appropriately protecting interfering groups, by changing to other suitable reagents known in the art, or by making routine modifications of reaction conditions.
  • a list of suitable protecting groups in organic synthesis can be found in T.W. Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3 rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
  • other reactions disclosed herein or known in the art will be recognized as having applicability for preparing other compounds of the various embodiments.
  • Reagents useful for synthesizing compounds may be obtained or prepared according to techniques known in the art.
  • a typical procedure involves initial reaction of morpholine with a slight excess of cyanuric chloride in a non-nucleophilic solvent such as dichloromethane in the presence of a suitable base.
  • the base may be a non-reactive tertiary amine or an appropriate inorganic salt such as sodium carbonate.
  • the mono addition product predominates small quantities of 2-chloro-4,6-di-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazine, resulting from the addition of two molecules of morpholine, are generally formed but can be efficiently removed during purification in the final steps.
  • Intermediate ii is then treated with a nucleophilic nitrogen containing heterocycle in the presence of a base such as a tertiary amine or sodium hydride. Purification by chromatography at this stage will yield a very pure intermediate iii for the final palladium catalysed Suzuki coupling reaction.
  • a base such as a tertiary amine or sodium hydride.
  • the boronic acids and esters employed were generally commercially available or could be prepared in a straightforward manner using procedures known to one versed in the art. In certain circumstances the substituents on the rings of the compound(s) of formula (I) produced by this procedure were further elaborated using standard techniques to arrive at other members of the series.
  • Step 2 Addition of heterocyclic nucleophile to 2,4-dichloro-6- morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazine
  • the organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer further extracted with 3x50 ml portions of ethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate layers were washed once with brine solution (25ml). The organics were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvents removed under vacuum to give the crude product. The product was purified by chromatography on a preparative HPLC column to give the desired product in a yield of 20-80%.
  • step 2 In most cases the heterocyclic nucleophile used in step 2 and the boronic acid or ester used in step 3 were commercially available. However, in some cases these were prepared and representative examples are also detailed below.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvents removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer further extracted with 3x50 ml portions of ethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate layers were washed once with brine solution (25ml). The organics were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvents removed under vacuum to give the crude product.
  • 1-(4-Chloro-6-morpholino-1 ,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-4-carbaldehyde was prepared using the standard procedure described above.
  • 1-(4-Chloro-6- morpholino-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-1/7-imidazole-4-carbaldehyde (58mg, 0.2mmol) and methyl(triphenyl phosphoranylidene)-acetate (70.3mg, 0.3mmol) were then dissolved in dioxane (5mL). The reaction was heated to 9O 0 C and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated under vacuum.
  • the resulting mixture was heated at 90 1 C for 3h.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvents removed under reduced pressure.
  • the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and water.
  • the organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer further extracted with 3x50 ml portions of ethyl acetate.
  • the combined ethyl acetate layers were washed with water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum.
  • Ethyl 2-indolecarboxylate (0.75g, 3.96mmol) was dissolved in degassed tetrahydrofuran (25mL) and sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 0.3Og, 7.5mmol) was added portion-wise. The solution was allowed to stir at room temperature for 30 minutes. 2,4-Dichloro-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazine (1.0g, 4.25mmol) dissolved in minimum THF (3mL) was added and the resulting mixture heated at 80 1 C for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvents removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and water.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvents removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer further extracted with 3x20 ml portions of ethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate layers were washed once with brine solution (15ml). The organics were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvents removed under vacuum to give the crude product. The product was purified by column chromatography (hexane: ethyl acetate, 20:1 to 4:1) to give the desired product 102 (102mg) with a yield of 73%.
  • Example 14 (Compound 113) [0390] Synthesis of 1-[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H- indole-2-carboxylic acid (113)
  • reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through a thin pad of Celite (eluting with ethyl acetate). The eluent was washed with water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 2-ethyl-4-(2-(trimethylsiyl)ethynyl)-1H- imidazole (410mg) with a yield of 71%.
  • Stepi 2-Ethyl-4-iodo-1-trityl-imidazole (2.32g, 5.0mmol), Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (345mg, 6%), copper (I) iodide (96mg, 10mol%) were taken up in a degassed DMF (13ml_) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. Triethylamine (2.2mL, 15mmol) and ethynyltrimethylsilane (1.7mL, 12.5mmol) were added and the resulting mixture heated at 80O for 5 hours. The reaction mixture wa s cooled to room temperature, filtered through a thin pad of Celite (eluting with ethyl acetate).
  • R 1 H, CH 3 , OCH 3
  • Stage A 4-Chloro-6-methoxy-pyrimidin-2-ylamine (2.00, 12.58mmol) was dissolved in ethanol: ethyl acetate mixture (1 :1.3 ratios) to which was added di/sopropylethylamine (4.35ml, 25.2 mmol) and 10mol% of 10%Pd-C.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred under a positive hydrogen pressure using a hydrogen balloon for 14h. TLC was used, to follow the completion of the reaction (solvent 1 :1 ; hexane: ethyl acetate).
  • the reaction mixture was flushed with nitrogen and then filtered off the palladium carbon over a celite bed.
  • Stage B 4-Methoxy-pyrimidin-2-ylamine (1.17g, 9.35mmol) was taken in chloroform (600ml) to which was added N-bromosuccinimide (1.67g, 9.35mmol). After stirring in the dark for 5h, the solution was added to dichloromethane (125ml) and 1N NaOH (65 ml). Upon mixing thoroughly, the layers were separated.
  • Stage C To 5-Bromo-4-methoxy-pyrimidin-2-yl-amine (1.72g, 8.43mmol), potassium acetate (2.5g, 25.29mmol), bis(pinacolato)diborane (2.23g, 8.8mmol), Pd(dppf)CI 2 (0.365g, 0.42mmol) in anhydrous dioxane was heated at 115 0 C for 24h, under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was cooled and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and filtered through a bed of celite.
  • Stage D To 5-bromo-2-chloropyrimidine (2g, 10.34mmol) was added 1 M methylamine solution in THF (20ml). The contents were stirred at 6O 0 C for 6h after which TLC confirmed the absence of the reactant. The contents were allowed to cool down. The volatiles were evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate) to get (5-bromo-pyrimidin- 2-yl)-methyl-amine (1.75g, 90%).
  • Truncated mTOR kinase and His-tagged 4eBP1 were produced in-house.
  • T 33 P -ATP was purchased from Amersham (GE Healthcare). All chemicals, unless otherwise stated, were from Sigma-AIdrich.
  • Phosphorylation assays were initially performed in a final volume of 20 ⁇ L in 384-well polypropylene plate (Greiner). Compounds were typically tested over the range from 100 ⁇ M to 0.006 ⁇ M, in 8 step dilutions, in duplicate. 10 ⁇ L/well of 2X Enzyme-Substrate solution (1.5 ⁇ g/mL mTOR, 40 ⁇ g/ml_ 4eBP1 in 1X assay buffer: 10 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 50 mM NaCI and 10 mM MnCI 2 ) were first added to the sample plate containing 1 ⁇ L/well of test compound in neat DMSO.
  • 2X Enzyme-Substrate solution 1.5 ⁇ g/mL mTOR, 40 ⁇ g/ml_ 4eBP1 in 1X assay buffer: 10 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 50 mM NaCI and 10 mM MnCI 2
  • the reaction was initiated by adding 10 ⁇ L/well of 20 ⁇ M ATP solution (final assay concentration 10 ⁇ M ATP and 0.4 ⁇ Ci/well of [7 33 P]-ATP). After 1 hour incubation at room temperature, the reaction was terminated with 40 ⁇ L/well of 20 mM EDT A/1 mM ATP solution. [0449] 50 ⁇ L/well of the stopped reaction mix was then transferred to 384-well Multiscreen HTS-PH filter plate (Millipore) pre-added with 50 ⁇ L/well of 1 % phosphoric acid. The plate was washed 4 times with 120 ⁇ L/well of 0.5 % phosphoric acid via vacuum filtration.
  • IC 5 O is defined as the concentration of compound required for 50% inhibition of kinase enzyme activity.
  • IC 50 data are shown in Table 2 below.
  • PI3K p110 ⁇ /p85 Recombinant PI3K p110 ⁇ /p85 was prepared in-house. Phosphatidylinositol (Ptdlns), phosphotidylserine (PtdSer) and all other unspecified chemicals were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich. [7 33 P]ATP and Optiphase scintillant were obtained from Perkin Elmer.
  • the enzyme reaction was created by pipetting 5 ⁇ L/well of compound (in 2.5% DMSO), 10 ⁇ L/well of enzyme (0.5 ⁇ g/mL p110 ⁇ + 1 ⁇ g/mL p85), and 10 ⁇ L/well of 5 ⁇ M ATP with 5 ⁇ Ci/mL [7 33 P]ATP in assay buffer (final concentrations: 0.2 ⁇ g/mL p110 ⁇ , 2 ⁇ M ATP, 0.05 ⁇ Ci/well [7 33 P]ATP in 1X assay buffer: 100 mM Tris- HCI pH 7.0, 200 mM NaCI, 8 mM MgCI 2 ).
  • IC 50 is defined as the concentration of compound required for 50% inhibition of kinase enzyme activity. IC 50 data are shown in Table 2 below. Table 2- In vitro mTOR inhibition activity assay IC50 data

Abstract

The present invention relates to triazine compounds that are useful as kinase inhibitors. More particularly, the present invention relates to morpholino substituted triazines, methods for their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds and uses of these compounds in the treatment of proliferative disorders. These compounds may be useful as medicaments for the treatment of a number of proliferative disorders including tumours and cancers as well as other disorders or conditions related to or associated with mTOR kinases or PI3 kinases. The compounds are of the formula (I).

Description

TRIAZINE COMPOUNDS AS KINASE INHIBITORS
FIELD
[0001] The present invention relates to triazine compounds that may be useful as kinase inhibitors. More particularly, the present invention relates to 2-(morpholin-4-yl) substituted triazine derivatives, methods for their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds and uses of these compounds in the treatment of certain kinase related disorders.
BACKGROUND
[0002] The search for kinase inhibitors has proven to be a fruitful area for the development of useful pharmaceutically active substances. Kinases, which are alternatively known as phosphotransferases, are enzymes that transfer phosphate groups from high energy donor molecules (for example ATP) to specific target molecules (typically called substrates) in a process termed phosphorylation. One of the largest groups of kinases is the protein kinases which act on and modify the activity of specific proteins.
[0003] As a result of this activity these kinases are involved in a number of cellular processes such as in signalling and to prime the cell for biochemical reactions in metabolism. Certain cellular signalling processes have been implicated as important in a number of medical conditions and the effective inhibition of certain cell signalling processes therefore provides the potential to stop these conditions developing.
Accordingly, kinases represent an attractive target for medicinal chemists as the provision of kinase inhibitors potentially allows for certain signalling processes to be controlled leading to the control of certain medical conditions.
[0004] One family of kinases associated with undesirable medical conditions in the body are the phosphoinositide 3-kinase (PI3) family of kinases which are involved in a wide range of cellular events such as cell migration, cell proliferation, oncogenic transformation, cell survival, signal transduction and intracellular trafficking of proteins. This family of kinases has recently been the focus of much research aimed at developing therapies for a range of indications such as proliferative diseases, for example cancer, immune and inflammatory diseases, diseases supported by excessive neovascularization and transplant rejection.
[0005] The phosphoinositide 3-kinase (PI3) family is a group of enzymes that generate phosphatidylinositol 'second messengers'. These lipids are subsequently involved in a wide range of physiological processes. In mammalian cells, the large PI3K family has been categorized into three classes, referred to as I, II, and III, each of which has its own characteristics in terms of molecular structure and substrate specificity. Class I PI3K preferred in vivo substrate is phosphatidylinositol-4,5 bisphosphate, which is phosphorylated to yield phosphatidylinositol-3,4,5 trisphosphate. These are further subdivided into Class IA and IB PI3Ks. Class IA enzymes consist of any one of the 'catalytic' subunits (p110α, p110β, or p110δ) complexed with any one of the 'regulatory' subunits (p85α, p85β or p55γ). Only one Class IB PI3K enzyme exists, and is made up of the p110γ catalytic and the p101 regulatory subunit. There are also three Class Il PI3Ks (Cllα, Cllβ, and Cllγ) and one Class III PI3K (Vps34).
[0006] The class I PI3Ks are the best understood members of this family and are key players of multiple intracellular signalling networks that integrate a variety of signals initiated by many growth factors. The Class IA enzymes are activated by tyrosine kinases (e.g. growth factor receptors), antigen receptors, and cytokine receptors, whilst the Class IB enzyme is activated by 'G Protein Coupled Receptors' (GPCRs). In response to activation, the PI3Ks generate lipid second messengers, which bind to, and activate, specific proteins in distinct signal transduction pathways. The signal transduction pathways remain active until phosphatase enzymes, in particular the oncogene PTEN, dephosphorylate the PI3K lipid second messengers.
[0007] The PI3K signalling pathway is crucial to many aspects of cell growth and survival via its regulation of widely divergent physiological processes that include cell cycle progression, differentiation, transcription, translation and apoptosis. Constitutive activation of the PI3K pathway has been implicated in both the pathogenesis and progression of a large variety of cancers and there is now a rapidly accumulating body of evidence that demonstrates conclusively that PI3K signalling is frequently deregulated in cancer. The deregulation of PI3K signalling is thought to occur in two different ways. The first is an increase in PI3K signalling resulting from activating gene mutations, amplification and over expression of PI3Ks or upstream receptors that activate PI3Ks. For example, the PI3Kα catalytic subunit is amplified and over expressed in ovarian and cervical cancers. Similarly, upstream receptor tyrosine kinases that activate PI3K are commonly mutated, amplified and over expressed, e.g., EGFR in breast, ovarian and lung cancer.
[0008] In addition, activation of the effectors downstream of PI3K can also contribute to deregulation of the PI3K pathway, e.g., Akt/PKB (Protein Kinase B) is over expressed and activated in breast, pancreatic and ovarian cancers among others. Also, the Ras family members, which are involved in PI3K activation, are frequently mutated, e.g. in colorectal and pancreatic cancer. The second mechanism of PI3K deregulation involves loss of the tumor suppressor phosphatase PTEN, which occurs in many aggressive brain tumors, endometrial and breast cancers, and melanomas.
[0009] One specific cell signalling pathway mediated by the PI3 family of kinases is the phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI3K)/Akt pathway. This pathway is critically involved in the mediation of cell survival and is a major signalling component downstream of growth factor receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs). Growth factor RTKs engage the class-IA PI3K, which is a heterodimer comprised of the p85 regulatory and p110 catalytic subunits. The small GTPase Ras can also recruit and activate PI3K through direct binding to p110. At the cell membrane, PI3K catalyzes the production of the lipid second messenger phosphatidylinositol-3,4,5-triphosphate (PIP3). Subsequently, PIP3 recruits other downstream molecules - particularly the serine-threonine kinases Akt and PDK1 — via binding to their pleckstrin-homology (PH) domains. At the membrane, Akt is partially activated through phosphorylation at threonine 308 in its activation loop by PDK1. Additional phosphorylation at serine 473 in the C terminus of Akt results in its full activation. Akt in turn regulates a wide range of target proteins, one of which is the mammalian target of Rapamycin (commonly known as mTOR). The levels of PIP3 in the cell are strictly regulated and several lipid phosphatases act to rapidly remove it. Of particular interest is the. phosphatase PTEN, which converts PIP3 back to PIP2 and thus shuts off PI3K signalling. The PI3K-Akt signalling pathway regulates many normal cellular processes including cell proliferation, survival, growth, and motility - processes that are critical for tumorigenesis.
[0010] The role of the PI3K/Akt pathway in oncogenesis has also been extensively investigated and mutations or altered expression of most of the pathway's components have been widely implicated in many cancers. Gene amplification of p110 occurs in some cases of human ovarian cancer, and amplification of Akt is found in ovarian, breast, and colon cancer. In addition, activating mutations in p85 have been identified in ovarian and colon cancer. Most importantly PTEN has been identified as a major tumor suppressor in humans and loss-of-function mutations in the PTEN gene are extremely common among sporadic glioblastomas, melanomas, prostate cancers, and endometrial carcinomas, and a significant percentage of breast tumors, lung cancers, and lymphomas also bear PTEN mutations. Thus, through a variety of mechanisms, a high percentage of human cancers possess activated PI3K signalling. Significantly, it has been shown that mTOR is important for the "oncogenic transformation induced by PI3K and Akt.
[0011] In addition to the compelling correlative data presented above, direct proof of the involvement of deregulated PI3K signalling in cancer comes from mouse genetic models. For example, mice with a constitutively activated p85 regulatory subunit of PI3K progress to malignant lymphoma when crossed with p53-knockout mice. Further, retroviral introduction of Akt and Ras caused glioblastomas in mice. Taken together, all these data provide strong validation for the development of novel anticancer strategies targeted at PI3Ks. Indeed recent interest in PI3K inhibitors has been intense with a number of compounds now in development having demonstrated anti-tumor activity in animal models. The most advanced compounds are now undergoing evaluation in phase I clinical trials. Accordingly compounds that are PI3K inhibitors would be expected to show interesting biological activity as PI3K inhibitors have the potential to block the PI3K/Akt signalling pathway and thereby form the basis of therapy in disease involving deregulation of this pathway.
[0012] In addition, Pl 3-kinase isoforms p110δ and p110γ regulate different aspects of immune and inflammatory responses. Hence there is great interest in the role of Pl 3-kinase signalling in a range of immune and inflammatory diseases as well as in transplant rejection.
[0013] Another area that has received attention has been the serine/threonine kinases. One serine/threonine kinase that has attracted significant interest is mTOR.
[0014] mTOR is a serine/threonine kinase of 289 kDa and is a PI3K-like kinase that links mitogenic stimuli and nutrient status to cell growth and division. mTOR was discovered during studies conducted to understand the mechanism of action of rapamycin. Upon entering cells, rapamycin binds to its intracellular target FKBP12 and the complex then binds to and specifically inhibits mTOR. mTOR was, therefore, also named FKBP-RAP associated protein (FRAP), RAP FKBP12 target (RAFT1 ) and RAP target (RAPT1). Cells responsible for organ rejection stop growing due to rapamycin's ability to inhibit the anabolic signals coordinated by mTOR. Since inhibition of cell growth represents a valid target for treating cancer, designing new drugs that inhibit mTOR will potentially have therapeutic value.
[0015] In humans, mTOR mediates anabolic signals from 2 sources namely nutrients that pass into the cell and activated growth factor receptors. It exists in at least two distinct complexes: a rapamycin-sensitive complex, referred to as mTOR complex 1 (mTORCI), defined by its interaction with the accessory protein raptor (regulatory-associated protein of mTOR). The normal activation of mTOR results in an increase in protein translation because mTORCI phosphorylates and activates the translation regulators eukaryotic initiation factor 4E-binding protein 1 and ribosomal p70 S6 kinase. Therefore, by inhibiting mTOR, rapamycin causes a decrease in phosphorylation of these effectors, and a decrease in protein synthesis, effectively blocking the pro-growth actions of mTOR.
[0016] The second complex, mTOR complex 2 (mTORC2), is rapamycin- insensitive and is defined by its interaction with rictor (rapamycin-insensitive companion of mTOR). mTORC2 is involved in the regulation of the pro-survival kinase Akt/PKB by phosphorylating it on S473. Together with the phosphorylation of T308 by PDK1 , S473 phosphorylation is necessary for full Akt activation. Recent reports indicate that prolonged treatment with rapamycin in some cells also suppresses the assembly and function of T0RC2 to inhibit Akt and that this property of rapamycin contributes to the anti-apoptotic effects of the drug. mTOR is also one of the main downstream effectors in the phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI3K)/Akt pathway and therefore inhibition of mTOR provides a further opportunity to inhibit, at least in part, the PI3K/AM pathway.
[0017] An additional pathway influenced by mTOR that appears to be particularly important in renal cell carcinoma involves the hypoxia-inducible factor (HlF). With loss of Von Hippel-Lindau (VHL) gene function commonly seen in clear cell renal cell cancer, there is accumulation of the oxygen-sensitive transcription factors HIF-1 and HIF-2. An accumulation of these factors yields increased stimulation of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), platelet-derived growth factor, and transforming growth factor. This effect is augmented by the activation of mTOR, which stimulates both a protein stabilization function and a protein translational function and, thus, increases HIF- 1 activity.
[0018] It has also been determined that tuberous sclerosis complex gene products, TSC1 and TSC2, function together to inhibit mTOR-mediated downstream signalling. Mutations of these genes occur in tuberous sclerosis and their loss of function yields yet another pathway, which leads to increased activity of mTOR and induces VEGF production. TSC2 also regulates HIF. Thus, studies evaluating the impact of TSC1 and TSC2 mutations demonstrate the connection of increased VEGF and activated mTOR pathways to angiogenesis.
[0019] So far, four mTOR inhibitors have been tested in clinical trials: the prototype rapamycin and three rapamycin derivatives, CCI-779 (temsirolimus), RAD001 (everolimus) and AP23573. Rapamycin, also named sirolimus, is a natural antibiotic produced by Streptomyces hygroscopicus. It was developed initially as an anti-fungal drug directed against Candida albicans, Cryptococcus neoformans, and Aspergillus fumigatus. Later, rapamycin was developed as an immunosuppressive agent and those studies helped in understanding the mechanism of action of this agent. As an anti-cancer agent, rapamycin was shown to inhibit the growth of several murine and human cancer cell lines in a concentration-dependent manner, both in tissue culture and xenograft models. In the sixty tumor cell lines screened at the National Cancer Institute in the USA, general sensitivity to the drug was seen at doses under 2000 ng/ml, more evident in leukemia, ovarian, breast, central nervous system and small cell lung cancer cell lines. In addition, rapamycin inhibits the oncogenic transformation of human cells induced by either PI3K or Akt and has shown metastatic tumor growth inhibition and anti-angiogenic effects in in vivo mouse models.
[0020] Based on these pre-clinical results, clinical trials with rapamycin as an anticancer drug were carried out and rapamycin analogues with more favourable pharmaceutical properties were developed. CCI-779, a more water-soluble ester derivative of rapamycin was identified by investigators at Wyeth Ayerst as a non- cytotoxic agent that delayed tumor cell proliferation. At several non-toxic doses, CCI- 779 demonstrated anti-tumor activity alone or in combination with cytotoxic agents in a variety of human cancer models such as gliomas, rhabdomyosarcoma, primitive neuroectodermal tumor such as medulloblastoma, head and neck, prostate, pancreatic and breast cancer cells. Treatment of mice with CCI-779 inhibits p70S6K activity and reduces neoplastic proliferation. As with rapamycin, PTEN-deficient human tumors are more sensitive to CCI-779-mediated growth inhibition than PTEN expressing cells. Specifically, studies in vitro in a panel of eight human breast cancer cell lines showed that six of eight cancer lines studied were inhibited by CCI-779 with IC5Q in the low nanomolar range. Two lines, however, were found to be resistant with IC5o>1μM. The sensitive cell lines were estrogen receptor positive or over-expressed HER-2/Neu, or had lost the tumor suppressor gene product PTEN. The main toxicities of CCI-779 included dermatological toxicities and mild myelosuppression (mainly thrombocytemia).
[0021] RAD001 , 40-O-(2-hydroxyethyl)-rapamycin, is another analogue of rapamycin that can be administrated orally. Its anti-neoplastic activity has been evaluated in different human cancer cell lines in vitro and in xenograft models in vivo with IC50 ranging from 5 to 180OnM. p70S6K inhibition and anti-neoplastic effects have been shown in these models, with an optimal effect being achieved with 2.5 mg/kg/day in melanoma, lung, pancreas and colon carcinoma. Similarly, RAD001 demonstrated a concentration-dependent anti-tumor activity in a syngenic rat pancreas carcinoma model with an intermittent dosing schedule. RAD001 has also shown anti-angiogenic activity and inhibits human vascular endothelial cell (HUVEC) proliferation. The toxicity reported for RAD001 includes hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, mild leukocytopenia and thrombocytopenia. In a phase I trial performed in patients with advanced cancer, RAD001 displayed a good safety profile with mild to moderate skin and mucous toxicity up to 30 mg weekly. Preliminary efficacy results showed an objective response in a patient with non-small cell lung carcinoma.
[0022] AP23573 is the latest rapamycin analog to be reported in clinical development. It is a phosphorus-containing compound synthesized with the aid of computational modelling studies. AP23573 was found to be stable in organic solvents, aqueous solutions at a variety of pHs and in plasma and whole blood, both in vitro and in vivo and has shown potent inhibition of diverse human tumor cell lines in vitro and as xenografts implanted into nude mice, alone or in combination with cytotoxic or targeted' agents. In phase I trials, AP23573 was administered intravenously daily for 5 days every 2 weeks. Dose-limiting toxicity is severe grade 3 oral mucositis occurring during the first cycle. Other side effects seem to be moderate, including minor to moderate episodes of mucositis, fatigue, nausea, rash, anaemia, neutropenia, diarrhoea, hyperlipidemias and thrombocytopenia. Preliminary anti-tumor activity is observed at all dose levels.
[0023] There is thus a plethora of studies that demonstrate that mTOR inhibitors can improve cancer patient survival. However, rapamycin and its analogues have not shown universal anti-tumor activity in early clinical trials. Response rates vary among cancer types from a low of less than 10% in patients with glioblastomas and advanced renal-cell cancer to a high of around 40% in patients with mantle-cell lymphoma. Knowledge of the status of PTEN and PI3K/Akt/mTOR-linked pathways might help in the selection of tumor types that will respond to mTOR inhibitors. Furthermore, because many tumor types still do not respond to single agent therapy with rapamycin derivatives, it is important to continue the search for factors predictive of resistance or sensitivity to mTOR inhibitors. Of particular interest will be molecules that directly inhibit mTOR kinase activity, the assumption being that such molecules will inhibit both mTORCI and mTORC2. Such an inhibitor might be beneficial for treating tumors with elevated Akt phosphorylation and might down-regulate the growth, proliferation and survival effects that are associated with Akt activation. If mTOR-rictor is a crucial activator of Akt-dependent survival processes, such a drug might promote apoptosis in tumor cells that have adapted to Akt-dependent regulatory mechanisms.
[0024] In addition mTOR inhibitors have been shown to be very effective in preventing organ rejection after transplantation through an effect on immune responses, demonstrating a potential for treatment of autoimmune and inflammatory diseases as well as cancer.
[0025] Through the role of PI3K isoforms as key components of the down stream signaling pathways of angiogenic growth factors such as VEGF, FGF and PDGF as well angiogenic cytokines and because of the role of mTOR in the regulation of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), PI3K and mTOR inhibitors also have potential to treat diseases supported by pathological neovascularization. This occurs during tumorigenesis, inflammatory conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis and ocular neovascular diseases e.g., age-related macular degeneration (AMD), retinal vascular diseases (vein occlusion and diabetic retinopathy) and other possible proliferative vascular disorders.
[0026] mTOR and PI3 have been identified as protein kinases that are involved in a number of disorders, and compounds that target one or more of these kinases should display useful biological activity. Accordingly, compounds that are mTOR and/or PI3K inhibitors have the potential to provide further biologically active compounds that would be expected to have useful, improved pharmaceutical properties in the treatment of proliferative disorders such as cancer, immune and inflammatory diseases, diseases supported by excessive neovascularisation and organ transplant rejection.
[0027] Compounds that inhibit both mTOR and PI3K simultaneously may be expected to provide powerful anti-proliferative, anti-angiogenic and antitumor activity since these compounds act at multiple points in the PI3K/Akt/mTOR pathway. A number of inhibitors of this type are now being investigated in a clinical setting for the first time (e.g. BEZ235, XL765, GDC0941 , PX866, SF1126). SUMMARY
[0028] The present invention provides compounds of formula (I):
Figure imgf000011_0001
Formula (I)
[0029] wherein:
[0030] A is selected from the group consisting of N and CR4;
[0031] B is selected from the group consisting of N and CR5;
[0032] D is selected from the group consisting of N and CR6;
[0033] X is selected from the group consisting of N and CR1;
[0034] R1 is selected from the group consisting of: H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted Ci-Ci2alkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkenyl, optionally substituted Ci-C6fluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted Cβ-Ciaaryl, optionally substituted Ci-Ciβheteroaryl, optionally substituted C6-Ci8arylCi-C6alkyl, OR8, SR8, CO2R9, (CH2)VCO2R9, (CH2)VCONR8R9, CONR8R9, NR8R9; optionally substituted CrCi2alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci 2alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Cioheteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C2- Ci2heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-Ci8aryloxy, optionally substituted Ci-C-|8heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted Ci-Ci2alkylamino, SR12, SO3H, SO2NR12R13, SO2R12, SONR12R13, SOR12, COR12, COOH, NR12COR13, NR12COOR13, NR12SO2R13, NR12CONR13R14, NR12R13, (CH2)VNR12R13, and acyl,
[0035] R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6, are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, CN, optionally substituted d-C^alkyl, OR10, OCOR10, CH2OR10, CH2NR10R11, CH2SO2R10, NR10R11, NR10COR11, and NR10SO2R11, or
[0036] R4, when taken together with one of R2 and R5, and the carbon atoms to which they are attached, forms an optionally substituted ring which may be an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring, the ring being fused to the six membered ring;
[0037] X1, X2 and X3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of N and CR7;
[0038] each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted Ci-C-i2alkyl, optionally substituted d- C6fluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C-|2alkenyl, optionally substituted C2- Ci2alkynyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3- Ci2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2- C12heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-Ci8aryl, optionally substituted Ci-Ci8heteroaryl, optionally substituted Ci-Ci2alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2- Ci2alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci0heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3- Ci2cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18aryloxy, optionally substituted Ci-Ci8heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted CrC12alkylamino, SR12, SO3H, SO2NR12R13, SO2R12, SONR12R13, SOR12, COR12, COOH, COOR12, CONR12R13, NR12COR13, NR12COOR13, NR12SO2R13, NR12CONR13R14, NR12R13, (CH2)VNR12R13 and acyl, or [0039] any two R7 on adjacent carbon atoms when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted ring which may be an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring, the ring being fused to the five membered ring;
[0040] each R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-Ci2alkyl, optionally substituted Cz- Ci2alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyl, optionally substituted C2- Ci2heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3- Ci2cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-Ci8aryl, and optionally substituted d-Ciaheteroaryl, or
[0041] any two R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13 and R14 when taken together with the atoms to which they are attached may form a cyclic moiety;
[0042] v is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1 , 2, 3, and 4;
[0043] each Rz is independently selected from the group consisting of CrC6alkyl, halo-Ci-C6alkyl, hydroxyCi-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkyloxyCi-C6alkyl, cyanoCi-C6alkyl, aminoCi-C6alkyl, CrC6alkylaminoCi-C6alkyl, and di(CrC6alkyl)aminoCrC6alkyl;
[0044] q is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1 , 2, 3, and 4;
[0045] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
[0046] As with any group of structurally related compounds which possess a particular utility, certain embodiments of variables of the compounds of the Formula (I), are particularly useful in their end use application.
[0047] In some embodiments X is CR1. This provides compounds of formula (Ia):
Figure imgf000014_0001
Formula (Ia)
[0048] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide or prodrug thereof;
[0049] wherein R j11, F Dc2, R π3J, R nzz, A Λ, B D, D rv, X v11, X v%2 X v3d a , nd q are as defined above.
[0050] In some embodiments X is N. This provides compounds of formula (Ib):
Figure imgf000014_0002
Formula (Ib)
[0051] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide or prodrug thereof;
[0052] wherein R2, R3, Rz, A, B, D, X1, X2, X3 and q are as defined above.
[0053] In the present invention q is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1 , 2, 3, and 4. In some embodiments q is 4. In some embodiments q is 3. In some embodiments q is 2. In some embodiments q is 1. In some embodiments q is 0.
[0054] In some embodiments wherein q is other than 0 each Rz may be selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, methyl, trifluoromethyl, and ethyl. The Rz substituent may be attached at the 2, 3, 5 or 6 position of the morpholine ring and in circumstances where there are multiple Rz substltuents each Rz substituent is located independently of the others such that where there are multiple Rz substituents then two of the Rz substituents may be located on the same carbon on the morpholine ring or each substituent may be located on a different carbon.
[0055] In some embodiments q is 1 , X is CR1 and the Rz substituent is located at the 3 position of the morpholine ring. This provides compounds of formula (laa).
Figure imgf000015_0001
Formula (laa)
[0056] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide or prodrug thereof;
[0057] wherein R1, R2, R3, A, B, D, X1, X2, X3 and Rz are as defined above.
[0058] In some embodiments q is 0 and X is CR1. This provides compounds of formula (lab).
Figure imgf000015_0002
Formula (lab)
[0059] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide or prodrug thereof; [0060] wherein R1, R , R , A, B, D, X1, X , and Xd are as defined above.
[0061] In some embodiments q is 0, X is CR1 and X3 is N. This provides compounds of formula (lac).
Figure imgf000016_0001
Formula (lac)
[0062] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0063] wherein R1, R2, R3, A, B, D, X1 and X2 are as defined above.
[0064] In some embodiments q is 0, X is CR1, X1 and X2 are CR7 and X3 is N. This provides compounds of formula (lad).
Figure imgf000016_0002
Formula (lad)
[0065] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0066] wherein R1, R2, R3, R7, A, B, and D are as defined above. [0067] In some embodiments q is 0, X is CR1 and X1 is N. This provides compounds of formula (lae).
Figure imgf000017_0001
Formula (lae)
[0068] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0069] wherein R1, R2, R3, A, B, D, X2 and X3 are as defined above.
[0070] In some embodiments q is 0, X is CR1, X1 is N and X2 and X3 are CR7. This provides compounds of formula (laf).
Figure imgf000017_0002
Formula (laf)
[0071] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0072] wherein R1, R% Rό, R\ A, B, and D are as defined above. [0073] In some embodiments of the compounds of the invention containing R7, each R7 is H.
[0074] In some embodiments of the compounds of the invention containing R7, two R7 groups, when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted ring which may be an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring, the ring being fused to the five membered ring. The ring thus formed may be any suitable cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring and may in principle be of any suitable ring size. The ring is typically a 5 to 8 membered ring. In one embodiment the ring is a five membered ring. In another embodiment the ring is a six-membered ring. The ring may also be optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents. The ring may be a cycloalkyl ring in that all ring atoms are carbon atoms or the ring may contain one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms. The heteroatom(s) may be chosen from any known heteroatom although they are typically independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. In one specific embodiment each heteroatom is N.
[0075] In some embodiments two R7 groups when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl moiety fused to the five membered ring, the phenyl moiety being substituted with 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4 R15 groups wherein each R15 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted Ci-Ci2alkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2- Ci2heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted Cβ-Cisaryl, optionally substituted Cr Cisheteroaryl, optionally substituted Ci-Ci2alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci2 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C2- Ci2heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-d2cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted Cβ-Cisaryloxy, optionally substituted CrCi8heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted Ci-Ci2alkylamino, SR16, SO3H, SO2NR16R17, SO2R16, SONR16R17, SOR16, COR16, COOH, COOR16, CONR16R17, NR16COR17, NR16COOR17, NR16SO2R17, NR16CONR17R18, NR16R17, and acyl,
[0076] each R16, R17 and R18 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-Ci2alkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-Ci8aryl, and optionally substituted Ci-Ci8heteroaryl.
[0077] In some embodiments q is O, X is CR1, X3 is N, X1 and X2 are CR7 wherein the two R7 groups when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl moiety fused to the five membered ring, the phenyl moiety being substituted with 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4 R15 groups and the compound has the formula (II):
Figure imgf000019_0001
Formula (II)
[0078] wherein R\ R , R , R1&, A, B, and D are as defined above;
[0079] m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1 , 2, 3, and 4;
[0080] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof. [0081] In some embodiments A is CR4, B is CR5 and D is CR6. In some embodiments A is CR4, B is CR5 and D is N. In some embodiments A is CR4, B is N and D is CR6. In some embodiments A is N, B is CR5 and D is N.
[0082] In some embodiments R4 when taken together with one of R2 and R5, and the carbon atoms to which they are attached, forms an optionally substituted ring which may be an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring, the ring being fused to the six membered ring. The ring may be of any suitable size although it is typically a 5 to 8 membered ring. In one embodiment the ring is a five membered ring. In another embodiment the ring is a six-membered ring. The ring may be a cycloalkyl ring or a heterocycloalkyl ring containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S.
[0083] In some embodiments R4 and R5 when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted ring fused to the six membered ring, the ring being an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring.
The ring thus formed may be any suitable cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring and may in principle be of any suitable ring size. The ring is typically a 5 to 8 membered ring.
In one embodiment the ring is a five membered ring. In another embodiment the ring is a six-membered ring. The ring may also be optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents. The ring may be a cycloalkyl ring in that all ring atoms are carbon atoms or the ring may contain one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms. The heteroatom(s) may be chosen from any known heteroatom although they are typically independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. In one specific embodiment each heteroatom is N.
[0084] In some embodiments and R4 and R5 are joined and the compound is a compound of the formula (III):
Figure imgf000021_0001
Formula (III)
[0085] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0086] wherein X, X1, X2, X3, R2, R3, and R6 are as defined above; and R19 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH2OH, NH2, CrC6alkyl, and CV C6alkoxy.
[0087] In some embodiments and R4 and R5 are joined and X is CR1 and the compound is a compound of the formula (Ilia):
Figure imgf000021_0002
Formula (Ilia)
[0088] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0089] wherein X1, X2, X3, R1, R2, R3, R6 and R19 are as defined above. [0090] In some embodiments of the compounds of formula (Ilia) X1 and X2 are CR7 and X3 is N and the compound is a compound of the formula (lllb):
Figure imgf000022_0001
Formula (IMb)
[0091] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0092] wherein R1, R% Rό, Rb, R' and Ria are as defined above.
[0093] In some embodiments of the compounds of formula (Ilia) X1 is N and X2 and X3 are CR7 and the compound is a compound of the formula (IMc):
Figure imgf000022_0002
Formula (lllc) [0094] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0095] wherein R1, R2, R3, R6, R7 and R19 are as defined above.
[0096] In some embodiments R4 and R5 are joined and the compound is a compound of the formula (IV):
Figure imgf000023_0001
[0097] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0098] wherein X, X1, X2, X3, R2, R3, and R6 are as defined above; and R19 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH2OH, NH2, C-i-Cβalkyl, and Cr Cβalkoxy.
[0099] In some embodiments R4 and R5 are joined and X is CR1 and the compound is a compound of the formula (IVa):
Figure imgf000024_0001
Formula (IVa)
[0100] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0101] wherein X1, X2, X3, R1, R2, R3, R6 and R19 are as defined above.
[0102] In some embodiments of the compounds of formula (IVa) X1 and X2 are CR7 and X3 is N and the compound is a compound of the formula (IVb):
Figure imgf000024_0002
[0103] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0104] wherein R1, R2, R3, R6, R7 and R19 are as defined above.
[0105] In some embodiments of the compounds of formula (IVa) X1 is N and X2 and X3 are CR7 and the compound is a compound of the formula (IVc):
Figure imgf000025_0001
Formula (IVc)
[0106] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0107] wherein R\ Fc, Fc, Fc, R' and R19 are as defined above.
[0108] In some embodiments R4 and R5 are joined and the compound is a compound of the formula (V):
Figure imgf000025_0002
Formula (V)
[0109] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0110] wherein X, X1, X2, X3, R2, R3, and R6 are as defined above; and R19 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH2OH, NH2, Ci-C6alkyl, and Cr Cβalkoxy. [0111] In some embodiments R4 and R5 are joined and X is CR1 and the compound is a compound of the formula (Va):
Figure imgf000026_0001
Formula (Va)
[0112] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof,
[0113] wherein X1, X2, X3, R1, R2, R3, R6 and R19 are as defined above.
[0114] In some embodiments of the compounds of formula (Va) X1 and X2 are CR7 and X3 is N and the compound is a compound of the formula (Vb):
Figure imgf000026_0002
Formula (Vb)
[0115] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof; [0116] wherein R1, R2, R3, R6, R7 and R19 are as defined above.
[0117] In some embodiments of the compounds of formula (Va) X1 is N and X2 and X3 are CR7 and the compound is a compound of the formula (Vc):
Figure imgf000027_0001
Formula (Vc)
[0118] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0119] wherein R1, R2, R3, R6, R7 and R19 are as defined above.
[0120] In some embodiments R4 and R2 when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted ring fused to the six membered ring, the ring being an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring. The ring thus formed may be any suitable cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring and may in principle be of any suitable ring size. The ring is typically a 5 to 8 membered ring. In one embodiment the ring is a five membered ring. In another embodiment the ring is a six-membered ring. The ring may also be optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents. The ring may be a cycloalkyl ring in that all ring atoms are carbon atoms or the ring may contain one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms. The heteroatom(s) may be chosen from any known heteroatom although they are typically independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. In one specific embodiment each heteroatom is N. [0121] In some embodiments R2 and R4 are joined and the compound is a compound of the formula (Vl):
Figure imgf000028_0001
Formula (Vl)
[0122] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
[0123] wherein X, X1, X2, X3, R3, R5, and R6 are as defined above; and R20 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH2OH, NH2, Ci-C6alkyl, and Ci- C6alkoxy;
[0124] In some embodiments R2 and R4 are joined and X is CR1 and the compound is a compound of the formula (Via):
Figure imgf000028_0002
Formula (Via)
[0125] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof; [0126] wherein X1, Xz, Xό, R\ Rά, Rb, Rb and R^ are as defined above.
[0127] In some embodiments of the compounds of formula (Via) X1 and X2 are CR7 and X3 is N and the compound is a compound of the formula (VIb):
Figure imgf000029_0001
Formula (VIb)
[0128] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0129] wherein R1, R3, R5, R6, R7 and R20 are as defined above.
[0130] In some embodiments of the compounds of formula (Via) X1 is N and X2 and X3 are CR7 and the compound is a compound of the formula (VIc):
Figure imgf000029_0002
Formula (VIc)
[0131] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof; [0132] wherein R1, R3, R5, R6, R7 and R20 are as defined above.
[0133] In some embodiments R2 and R4 are joined and the compound is a compound of the formula (VII):
Figure imgf000030_0001
Formula (VII)
[0134] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0135] wherein X, X1, X2, X3, R3, R5, and R6 are as defined above; and each R20 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH2OH, NH2, Ci-C6alkyl, and Cr Cβalkoxy.
[0136] In some embodiments R2 i and R' * are joined and X is CR , and the compound is a compound of the formulc ) (Vila):
Figure imgf000030_0002
Formula (Vila) [0137] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0138] wherein X1, X2, X3, R1, R3, R5, R6 and R20 are as defined above.
[0139] In some embodiments of the compounds of formula (Vila) X1 and X2 are CR7 and X3 is N and the compound is a compound of the formula (VIIb):
Figure imgf000031_0001
Formula (VIIb)
[0140] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0141] wherein R1, R3, R5, R6, R7 and R20 are as defined above.
[0142] In some embodiments of the compounds of formula (Vila) X1 is N and X2 and X3 are CR7 and the compound is a compound of the formula (VIIc):
Figure imgf000032_0001
Formula (VIIc)
[0143] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0144] wherein R1, R3, R5, R6, R7 and R20 are as defined above.
[0145] In some embodiments R2 and R4 are joined and the compound is a compound of the formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000032_0002
Formula (VIII)
[0146] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0147] wherein X, X1, X2, X3, R3, R5, and R6 are as defined above and R20 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH2OH, NH2, CrCβalkyl, and Cr Cβalkoxy. [0148] In some embodiments R2 and R4 are joined and X is CR1 and the compound is a compound of the formula (Villa):
Figure imgf000033_0001
Formula (Villa)
[0149] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0150] wherein X1, X2, X3, R1, R3, R5, R6 and R20 are as defined above.
[0151] In some embodiments of the compounds of formula (Villa) X1 and X2 are CR7 and X3 is N and the compound is a compound of the formula (VIIIb):
Figure imgf000033_0002
Formula (VIIIb)
[0152] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0153] wherein R1, R3, R5, R6, R7 and R20 are as defined above. [0154] In some embodiments of the compounds of formula (Villa) X1 is N and X2 and X3 are CR7 and the compound is a compound of the formula (VIIIc):
Figure imgf000034_0001
Formula (VIIIc)
[0155] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof;
[0156] wherein R1, R3, R5, R6, R7 and R20 are as defined above.
[0157] In some embodiments of the compounds of the invention containing R1, R1 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, optionally substituted CrC6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted Ci-C6fluoroalkyl, OH, OR8, SR8, CO2R9, CONR8R9' optionally substituted C3-Ci 2cycloalkyl optionally substituted Ce-C-iearyl, optionally substituted Ci-C-isheteroaryl, optionally substituted Ce- Ci8arylCi-Cβalkyl and NR8R9.
[0158] In some embodiments R1 is H.
[0159] In some embodiments R1 is C-i-Cβalkyl. In some embodiments R1 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, propyl, 2-methyl-propyl,
1-ethyl-propyl, 3,3-dimethyl-propyl, butyl, isobutyl, 3,3-dimethyl-butyl, 2-ethyl-butyl, pentyl, and hexyl. In some embodiments R1 is methyl. In some embodiments R1 is isopropyl. In some embodiments R1 is ethyl. In some embodiments R1 is propyl. In some embodiments R1 is butyl. In some embodiments R1 is 2-methyl-propyl. In some embodiments R1 is 1-ethyl-propyl. [0160] In some embodiments R1 is optionally substituted CrC6alkyI. There are a wide range of optional substituents that may be present on the substituted alkyl group. In some embodiments R1 is selected from the group consisting of 2-cyano- ethyl, phenyl-methyl, 2-phenyl-ethyl, and (2-carboxy-methyl)-ethyl.
[0161] In some embodiments R1 is optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl. There are a wide range of optional substituents that may be present on the substituted alkenyl group. In some embodiments R1 is 2-cyano-ethenyl.
[0162] In some embodiments R1 is Ci-Cβfluoroalkyl. In some embodiments R1 is difluoro-methyl. In some embodiments R1 is trifluoro-methyl.
[0163] In some embodiments R1 is optionally substituted C3-Ci 2cycloalkyl. In some embodiments R1 is selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl. In some embodiments R2 is cyclopropyl. In some embodiments R1 is cyclopentyl.
[0164] In some embodiments R1 is an optionally substituted Cβ-CisarylCi-Cealkyl. In some embodiments R1 is optionally substituted phenyl-methyl. Suitable examples of optionally substituted phenyl-methyl groups include phenylmethyl, (2-chloro- phenyl)methyl, (3-chlorophenyl)methyl, and (4-chloro-phenyl)methyl. In some embodiments R1 is optionally substituted phenyl-ethyl.
[0165] In some embodiments R1 is CO2R9. In some embodiments R1 is CO2CH2CH3. In some embodiments R1 is CO2H.
[0166] In some embodiments R1 is CONR8R9. In some embodiments R1 is CONH(CH2)2OCH3. In some embodiments R1 is CONH(cyclopropyl).
[0167] In some embodiments of the compounds that contain an R2 moiety, R2 is H.
[0168] In some embodiments of the compounds that contain an R3 moiety, R3 is H. [0169] In some embodiments of the compounds that contain an R4 moiety, R4 is selected from the group consisting of OH, CN, NHCOCH3, F, Cl, OCH3, and CH2OH.
[0170] In some embodiments of the compounds that contain an R5 moiety, R5 is selected from the group consisting of H and NH2.
[0171] In some embodiments of the compounds that contain an R6 moiety, R6 is H.
[0172] In some embodiments of the compounds that contain an R7 moiety, R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted C-rC^alkyl, optionally substituted d-Cβfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C6-C18aryl, optionally substituted CrCisheteroaryl, and SR12.
[0173] In some embodiments R7 is H.
[0174] In some embodiments R7 is CrC6alkyl. In some embodiments R7 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, propyl, 2-methyl-propyl, 1-ethyl-propyl, 3,3-dimethyl-propyl, butyl, isobutyl, 3,3-dimethyl-butyl, 2-ethyl-butyl, pentyl, and hexyl. In some embodiments R7 is methyl. In some embodiments R7 is isopropyl. In some embodiments R7 is ethyl. In some embodiments R7 is propyl. In some embodiments R7 is butyl. In some embodiments R7 is 2-methyl-propyl. In some embodiments R7 is 1-ethyl-propyl.
[0175] In some embodiments R7 is optionally substituted CrC6alkyl. There are a wide range of optional substituents that may be present on the substituted alkyl group. In some embodiments R7 is selected from the group consisting of 2-cyano- ethyl and hydroxy-methyl.
[0176] In some embodiments R7 is optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl. There are a wide range of optional substituents that may be present on the substituted alkenyl group. In some embodiments R7 is selected from the group consisting of 2-cyano- ethenyl and 2(carboxy-methyl)ethenyl. [0177] In some embodiments R7 is Ci-C6fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments R1 is difluoro-methyl. In some embodiments R7 is trifluoro-methyl.
[0178] In some embodiments R7 is an optionally substituted C2-Ci2heteroalkyl group. In some embodiments the C2-C12 heteroalkyl group is selected from the group consisting of hydroxyCi-Cδalkyl, Ci-CδalkyloxyCrCealkyl, aminoCrCβalkyl, Cr CβalkylaminoCrCealkyl, and di(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCi-C6alkyl. Examples of possible values of R7 as C2-Ci2heteroalkyl include hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl, hydroxybutyl, hydroxypentyl, methoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 3- methoxypropyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 3-ethoxypropyl, aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, 3- aminopropyl, 4-aminobutyl, 5 aminopentyl, methylaminomethyl, 2-methylaminoethyl, 3-methylaminopropyl, 4-methylaminobutyl, 5-methylaminopentyl, ethylaminomethyl, 2-ethylaminoethyl, 3-ethylaminopropyl, 4-ethylaminobutyl, 5-ethylaminopentyl, dimethylaminomethyl, 2-dimethylaminoethyl, 3-dimethylaminopropyl, 4- dimethylaminobutyl, 5-dimethylaminopentyl, diethylaminomethyl, 2-diethylaminoethyl, 3-diethylaminopropyl, 4-diethylaminobutyl and 5-diethylaminopentyl.
[0179] In some embodiments the C2-Ci2heteroalkyl is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-N(CH3)-(CH2)2-N(CH2CH3)2, -CH2-NH-(CH2)3CH3, and -CH2-NH- (CH2)2OCH3.
[0180] In some embodiments of the compounds containing R7, each R7 is H. In some embodiments of the compounds containing R7, the two R7 groups, when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted ring which may be an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring, the ring being fused to the five membered ring. The ring thus formed may be any suitable cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring and may in principle be of any suitable ring size. The ring is typically a 5 to 8 membered ring. In one embodiment the ring is a five membered ring. In another embodiment the ring is a six-membered ring. The ring may also be optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents. The ring may be a cycloalkyl ring in that all ring atoms are carbon atoms or the ring may contain one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms. The heteroatom(s) may be chosen from any known heteroatom although they are typically independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. In one specific embodiment each heteroatom is N. In one specific embodiment the two R7 groups are joined to form a six membered aromatic ring.
[0181] In some embodiments two R7 groups when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl moiety fused to the five membered ring, the phenyl moiety being substituted with 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4 R15 groups wherein each R15 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted Ci-Ci2alkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2- Ci2heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-Ci8aryl, optionally substituted Cr C-iβheteroaryl, optionally substituted CrCi2alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2- Ci2alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci 2alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C2- Ci2heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C-|2cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted
Figure imgf000038_0001
optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-Ci8aryloxy, optionally substituted Ci-C-iβheteroaryloxy, optionally substituted Ci-Ci2alkylamino, SR16, SO3H, SO2NR16R17, SO2R16, SONR16R17, SOR16, COR16, COOH, COOR16, CONR16R17, NR16COR17, NR16COOR17, NR16SO2R17, NR16CONR17R18, NR16R17, and acyl,
[0182] each R16, R17 and R18 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-C,2alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C-ι2alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyl, optionally substituted Ci-Ci2heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted Cβ-Ciβaryl, and optionally substituted Ci-Ciaheteroaryl.
[0183] In some embodiments of the compounds containing the group R8, R8 is selected from H and Ci-Cβalkyl. In some embodiments R8 is methyl. In some embodiments R8 is H. [0184] In some embodiments of the compounds containing the group R9, R9 is selected from H and Ci-Cεalkyl. In some embodiments R9 is methyl. In some embodiments R9 is H.
[0185] In some embodiments of the compounds containing the group R10, R10 is selected from H and C-ι-C6alkyl. In some embodiments R10 is methyl. In some embodiments R10 is H.
[0186] In some embodiments of the compounds containing the group R11, R11 is selected from H and Ci-C6alkyl. In some embodiments R11 is methyl. In some embodiments R11 is H.
[0187] In some embodiments of the compounds containing the group R12, R12 is selected from H and CrC6alkyl. In some embodiments R12 is methyl. In some embodiments R12 is H.
[0188] In some embodiments of the compounds containing the group R13, R13 is selected from H and CrC6alkyl. In some embodiments R13 is methyl. In some embodiments R13 is H.
[0189] In some embodiments of the compounds containing the group R14, R14 is selected from H and C-i-Cβ alkyl. In some embodiments R14 is methyl. In some embodiments R14 is H.
[0190] In some embodiments of the compounds containing the group R15, R15 is selected from H, Cl, NH2, and CrC6 alkyl. In some embodiments R15 is methyl. In some embodiments R15 is H. In some embodiments R15 is Cl. In some embodiments R15 is NH2.
[0191] In some embodiments of the compounds containing the group R16, R16 is selected from H and CrC6alkyl. In some embodiments R16 is methyl. In some embodiments R16 is H. [0192] In some embodiments of the compounds containing the group R17, R17 is selected from H and d-Cβalkyl. In some embodiments R17 is methyl. In some embodiments R17 is H.
[0193] In some embodiments of the compounds containing the group R18, R18 is selected from H and Ci-C6alkyl. In some embodiments R18 is methyl. In some embodiments R18 is H.
[0194] In some embodiments of the compounds containing the group R19, R19 is selected from H and C-i-Cβalkyl. m some embodiments R19 is methyl. In some embodiments R19 is H.
[0195] In some embodiments of the compounds of the invention containing the group R20, R20 is selected from H and CrC6 alkyl. In some embodiments R20 is methyl. In some embodiments R20 is H.
[0196] Many if not all of the variables discussed above may be optionally substituted. If the variable is optionally substituted then in certain embodiments the optional substituent is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, =O, =S, -CN, - NO2, -CF3, -OCF3, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyaryl, alkoxyheteroaryl, alkenyloxy, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkenyloxy, heterocycloalkyloxy, heterocycloalkenyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxyalky, -COOH, -CORa, -C(O)OR3, -SH, - SRa, -ORa, and acyl.
[0197] Ra is H, optionally substituted Ci-Ci2alkyl, optionally substituted C2- C-|2alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12alkynyl, optionally substituted C2- C^heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3- Ci2cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted Cβ-Ciβaryl, optionally substituted Cr Cisheteroaryl, and acyl. [0198] Alternatively, two adjacent optional substituents may, when taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a cyclic moiety such as an optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyl moiety or an optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl moiety.
[0199] In certain embodiments the substituents are selected from the group consisting of: F, Cl, Br, =0, =S, -CN, -NO2, Ci-C12alkyl, C2-C12alkenyl, C2- C-ioheteroalkyl, C2-Ci2 alkynyl, Ci-Ci2haloalkyl, Cβ-Cisaryl, C3-Ci2cycloalkyl, C2- Ci2heterocycloalkyl, C1-Ci8 heteroaryl, hydroxy, hydroxyCrCi2alkyl, d-C^alkyloxy, Ci-Ci2 alkylamino, phenoxy, Ci-Ci2alkoxyCi-Ci2alkyl, benzyloxy, Ci-Ci2alkylsulfonyl, C6-Ci8arylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, COOH, SH and CrCi2acyl,
[0200] In some embodiments each optional substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: F, Br, Cl, =0, =S, -CN methyl, trifluoro-methyl, ethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, isopropyl, propyl, 2-ethyl-propyl, 3,3-dimethyl-propyl, butyl, isobutyl, 3,3-dimethyl-butyl, 2-ethyl-butyl, pentyl, 2-methyl-pentyl, pent-4-enyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, phenyl, NH2, -NO2, phenoxy, hydroxy, methoxy, trifluoro-methoxy, ethoxy, and methylenedioxy.
[0201] In addition to compounds of Formula I, the embodiments disclosed are also directed to pharmaceutically acceptable salts, pharmaceutically acceptable N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs, and pharmaceutically active metabolites of such compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such metabolites.
[0202] The invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions including a compound of the invention with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
[0203] In a further aspect the invention provides a method of inhibiting a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, the method including exposing the protein kinase or a fragment or complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and/or co-factor(s) thereof to an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
[0204] The compounds disclosed herein may act directly and solely on the kinase molecule or a complex or fragment thereof to inhibit biological activity. However, it is understood that the compounds may also act at least partially on co-factors that are involved in the phosphorylation process. Known kinase co-factors include ionic species (such as zinc and calcium), lipids (such as phosphatidylserine), and diacylglycerols.
[0205] In some embodiments the protein kinase is a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof. In some embodiments the serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or complex thereof is an mTOR protein kinase or a fragment thereof, or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof. In some embodiments the serine/threonine protein kinase is mTORCI or a fragment or complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
[0206] In some embodiments the protein kinase is a PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof. In some embodiments the PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, is a class I PI3K or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
[0207] In one embodiment of the method exposing the one or more protein kinase(s) to the compound includes administering the compound to a mammal containing the one or more protein kinase(s).
[0208] In an even further aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the invention to inhibit one or more protein kinase(s) selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof. [0209] In some embodiments the protein kinase is a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof. In some embodiments the serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or complex thereof is an mTOR protein kinase or a fragment thereof, or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof. In some embodiments the serine/threonine protein kinase is mTORCI or a fragment or complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
[0210] In some embodiments the protein kinase is a PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof. In some embodiments the PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, is a class I PI3K or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
[0211] In an even further aspect the invention provides a method of treating or preventing a condition in a mammal in which inhibition of one or more protein kinase(s) selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, prevents, inhibits or ameliorates a pathology or a symptomology of the condition, the method including administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
[0212] In some embodiments the protein kinase is a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof. In some embodiments the serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or complex thereof is an mTOR protein kinase or a fragment thereof, or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof. In some embodiments the serine/threonine protein kinase is mTORCI or a fragment or complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
[0213] In some embodiments the protein kinase is a PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof. In some embodiments the PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, is a class I PI3K or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof. [0214] In some embodiments the condition is cancer. In some embodiments the cancer is selected from the group consisting of Hematologic cancer such as myeloproliferative disorders (idiopathic myelofibrosis, polycythemia vera, essential thrombocythemia, chronic myeloid leukemia), myeloid metaplasia, chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute erythroblastic leukemia, Hodgkin's and Non Hodgkin's disease, B-cell lymphoma, acute T-cell leukemia, myelodysplastic syndromes, plasma cell disorder, hairy cell leukemia, kaposi's sarcoma, lymphoma and hyperproliferative conditions such as psoriasis and restenosis; gynaecologic cancer such as breast carcinoma, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, vaginal and vulva cancer, endometrial hyperplasia; gastrointestinal tract cancer such as colorectal carcinoma, polyps, liver cancer, gastric cancer, pancreatic cancer, gall bladder cancer; urinary tract cancer such as prostate cancer, kidney and renal cancer; urinary bladder cancer, urethral cancer, penile cancer; skin cancer such as melanoma; brain tumour such as glioblastoma, neuroblastoma, astrocytoma, ependynoma, brain-stem gliomas, medulloblastoma, menigiomas, astrocytoma, oligodendroglioma; head and neck cancer such as nasopharyngeal carcinoma, laryngeal carcinoma; respiratory tract cancer such as lung carcinoma (NSCLC and SCLC), mesothelioma; eye disease such as retinoblastoma; musculo-skeleton diseases such as osteosarcoma, musculoskeletal neoplasm; Squamous cell carcinoma and fibroid tumour. In other embodiments, compounds of this invention can be used to treat pre-cancer conditions or hyperplasia including familial adenomatous polyposis, colonic adenomatous polyps, myeloid dysplasia, endometrial dysplasia, endometrial hyperplasia with atypia, cervical dysplasia, vaginal intraepithelial neoplasia, benign prostatic hyperplasia, papillomas of the larynx, actinic and solar keratosis, seborrheic keratosis and keratoacanthoma.
[0215] In some embodiments the condition is an autoimmune or inflammatory disease or a disease supported by excessive neovascularisation. Diseases that have been attributed with some degree of autoimmune etiology, or that involve pathological inflammatory and neovascularization responses, include the following: acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease, agammaglobulinemia, agranulocytosis, allergic asthma, allergic encephalomyelitis, allergic rhinitis, alopecia areata, alopecia senilis, anerythroplasia, ankylosing spondylitis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aortitis syndrome, aplastic anemia, atopic dermatitis, autoimmune haemolytic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, autoimmune oophoritis, BaIo disease, Basedow's disease, Behcet's disease, bronchial asthma, Castleman's syndrome, celiac disease, Chagas disease, chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy, Churg-Strauss syndrome, Cogans syndrome, comical cornea, comical leukoma, Coxsackie myocarditis, CREST disease, Crohn's disease, cutaneous eosinophilia, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, dermatitis erythrema multiforme, dermatomyositis, diabetic retinopathy, Dressler's syndrome, dystrophia epithelialis corneae, eczematous dermatitis, eosinophilic fasciitis, eosinophilic gastroenteritis, epidermolysis bullosa, Evans syndrome, fibrosing alveolitis, gestational pemphigoid, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, graft-versus-host disease, Graves' disease, Guillain-Barre Syndrome, Hashimoto's disease, haemolytic-uretic syndrome, herpetic keratitis, ichthyosis vulgaris, idiopathic intersititial pneumonia, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, inflammatory bowel diseases, Kawasaki's disease, keratitis, keratoconjunctivitis, Lambert-Eaton syndrome, leukoderma vulgaris, lichen planus, lichen sclerosus, Lyme disease, linear IgA disease, macular degeneration, megaloblastic anemia, Meniere's disease, Mooren's ulcer, Mucha-Habermann disease, multiple myositis, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, necrotizing enterocolitis, neuromyelitis optica, ocular pemphigus, opsoclonus myoclonus syndrome, Ord's thyroiditis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, Parsonnage- Turner syndrome, pemphigus, periodontitis, pernicious anemia, pollen allergies, polyglandular autoimmune syndrome, posterior uveitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, proctitis, pseudomembranous colitis, psoriasis, pulmonary emphysema, pyoderma, Reiter's syndrome, reversible obstructive airway disease, rheumatic fever, rheumatoid arthritis, sarcoidosis, scleritis, Sezary's syndrome, Sjogren's syndrome, subacute bacterial endocarditis, systemic lupus erythematosus, Takayasu's arteritis, temporal arteritis, Tolosa-Hunt syndrome, Type I diabetes mellitus, ulcerative colitis, urticaria, vernal conjunctivitis, vitiligo, Vogy-Koyanagi-Harada syndrome and Wegener's granulomatosis.
[0216] In an even further aspect the invention provides use of a compound of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for treating a condition in an animal in which inhibition of one or more protein kinase(s) selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, prevents, inhibits or ameliorates a pathology or a symptomology of the condition.
[0217] In another aspect the present invention provides the use of a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide or prodrug thereof in the treatment of a condition in which inhibition of one or more protein kinase(s) selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, prevents, inhibits or ameliorates a pathology or a symptomology of the condition.
[0218] In some embodiments the protein kinase is a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof. In some embodiments the serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or complex thereof is an mTOR protein kinase or a fragment thereof, or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof. In some embodiments the serine/threonine protein kinase is mTORCI or a fragment or complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
[0219] In some embodiments the protein kinase is a PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof. In some embodiments the PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, is a class I PI3K or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
[0220] In another aspect the present invention provides a method of prevention or treatment of a proliferative condition in a subject, the method including administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
[0221] In another aspect the present invention provides the use of a compound of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for treating a proliferative condition in a subject.
[0222] In some embodiments the condition is cancer. In some embodiments the cancer is selected from the group consisting of Hematologic cancer such as myeloproliferative disorders (idiopathic myelofibrosis, polycythemia vera, essential thrombocythemia, chronic myeloid leukemia), myeloid metaplasia, chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute erythroblastic leukemia, Hodgkin's and Non Hodgkin's disease, B-cell lymphoma, acute T-cell leukemia, myelodysplastic syndromes, plasma cell disorder, hairy cell leukemia, kaposi's sarcoma, lymphoma; gynaecologic cancer such as breast carcinoma, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, vaginal and vulva cancer, endometrial hyperplasia; gastrointestinal tract cancer such as colorectal carcinoma, polyps, liver cancer, gastric cancer, pancreatic cancer, gall bladder cancer; urinary tract cancer such as prostate cancer, kidney and renal cancer; urinary bladder cancer, urethral cancer, penile cancer; skin cancer such as melanoma; brain tumour such as glioblastoma, neuroblastoma, astrocytoma, ependynoma, brain-stem gliomas, medulloblastoma, menigiomas, astrocytoma, oligodendroglioma; head and neck cancer such as nasopharyngeal carcinoma, laryngeal carcinoma; respiratory tract cancer such as lung carcinoma (NSCLC and SCLC), mesothelioma; eye disease such as retinoblastoma; musculo- skeleton diseases such as osteosarcoma, musculoskeleletal neoplasm; Squamous cell carcinoma and fibroid tumour.
[0223] These and other features of the present teachings are set forth herein.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0224] In this specification a number of terms are used which are well known to a skilled addressee. Nevertheless for the purposes of clarity a number of terms will be defined.
[0225] As used herein, the term "unsubstituted" means that there is no substituent or that the only substituents are hydrogen.
[0226] The term "optionally substituted" as used throughout the specification denotes that the group may or may not be further substituted or fused (so as to form a condensed polycyclic system), with one or more non-hydrogen substituent groups. In certain embodiments the substituent groups are one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, =0, =S, -CN, -NO2, -CF3, -OCF3, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalkenyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, cycloalkylheteroalkyl, heterocycloalkylheteroalkyl, arylheteroalkyl, heteroarylheteroalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkyloxy, alkyloxyalkyl, alkyloxycycloalkyl, alkyloxyheterocycloalkyl, alkyloxyaryl, alkyloxyheteroaryl, alkyloxycarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkenyloxy, heterocycloalkyloxy, heterocycloalkenyloxy, aryloxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, sulfonylamino, sulfinylamino, sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfinyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, aminosulfinylaminoalkyl, -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)Ra, -C(=O)ORa, C(=O)NRaRb, C(=NOH)Ra, C(=NRa)NRbR°, NRaRb, NRaC(=O)Rb, NRaC(=O)ORb, NRaC(=O)NRbR°, NRaC(=NRb)NRcRd, NRaSO2Rb,-SRa, SO2NRaRb, -ORa, OC(=O)NRaRb, OC(=O)Ra and acyl,
[0227] wherein Ra, Rb, R° and Rd are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, Ci-Ci2alkyl, CrCi2haloalkyl, C2-Ci2alkenyl, C2-Ci2alkynyl, C2-C10 heteroalkyl, C3-Ci2cycloalkyl, C3-Ci2cycloalkenyl, C2-Ci2heterocycloalkyl, C2-Ci2 heterocycloalkenyl, Cβ-Cisaryl, d-Cisheteroaryl, and acyl, or any two or more of Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd, when taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring system with 3 to 12 ring atoms.
[0228] Alternatively, two adjacent optional substituents may, when taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a cyclic moiety such as an optionally substituted C3-C-|2cycloalkyl moiety or an optionally substituted C2-Ci2 heterocycloalkyl moiety.
[0229] In some embodiments each optional substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: halogen, =0, =S, -CN, -NO2, -CF3, -OCF3, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkyloxy, alkyloxyalkyl, alkyloxyaryl, alkyloxyheteroaryl, alkenyloxy, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkenyloxy, heterocycloalkyloxy, heterocycloalkenyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, aminoalkyl, -COOH, -SH, and acyl.
[0230] Examples of particularly suitable optional substituents include F, Cl, Br, I, CH3, CH2CH3, OH, OCH3, CF3, OCF3, NO2, NH2, and CN.
[0231] In the definitions of a number of substituents below it is stated that "the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group". This is intended to signify that the use of the term is intended to encompass the situation where the group is a linker between two other portions of the molecule as well as where it is a terminal moiety. Using the term alkyl as an example, some publications would use the term "alkylene" for a bridging group and hence in these other publications there is a distinction between the terms "alkyl" (terminal group) and "alkylene" (bridging group). In the present application no such distinction is made and most groups may be either a bridging group or a terminal group.
[0232] "Acyl" means an R-C(=O)- group in which the R group may be an alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group as defined herein. Examples of acyl include acetyl and benzoyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the carbonyl carbon.
[0233] "Acylamino" means an R-C(=O)-NH- group in which the R group may be an alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
[0234] "Alkenyl" as a group or part of a group denotes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched preferably having 2-12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, most preferably 2-6 carbon atoms, in the normal chain. The group may contain a plurality of double bonds in the normal chain and the orientation about each is independently E or Z. Exemplary alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl and nonenyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
[0235] "Alkenyloxy" refers to an alkenyl-O- group in which alkenyl is as defined herein. Preferred alkenyloxy groups are CrC6 alkenyloxy groups. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
[0236] "Alkyl" as a group or part of a group refers to a straight or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, preferably a C1-C-12 alkyl, more preferably a C1-C10 alkyl, most preferably d-Cβ unless otherwise noted. Examples of suitable straight and branched CrCθ alkyl substituents include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 2-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, hexyl, and the like. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
[0237] "Alkylamino" includes both mono-alkylamino and dialkylamino, unless specified. "Mono-alkylamino" means an Alkyl-NH- group, in which alkyl is as defined herein. "Dialkylamino" means a (alkyl)2N- group, in which each alkyl may be the same or different and are each as defined herein for alkyl. The alkyl group is preferably a Ci-Cβ alkyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
[0238] "Alkylaminocarbonyl" refers to a group of the formula (Alkyl)x(H)yNC(=O)- in which alkyl is as defined herein, x is 1 or 2, and the sum of X+Y =2. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the carbonyl carbon.
[0239] "Alkyloxy" refers to an alkyl-O- group in which alkyl is as defined herein. Preferably the alkyloxy is a Ci-C6alkyloxy. Examples include, but are not limited to, methoxy and ethoxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
[0240] "Alkyloxyalkyl" refers to an alkyloxy-alkyl- group in which the alkyloxy and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alky] group.
[0241] "Alkyloxyaryl" refers to an alkyloxy-aryl- group in which the alkyloxy and aryl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the aryl group.
[0242] "Alkyloxycarbonyl" refers to an alkyl-O-C(=O)- group in which alkyl is as defined herein. The alkyl group is preferably a CrCβ alkyl group. Examples include, but are not limited to, methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the carbonyl carbon.
[0243] "Alkyloxycycloalkyl" refers to an alkyloxy-cycloalkyl- group in which the alkyloxy and cycloalkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the cycloalkyl group.
[0244] "Alkyloxyheteroaryl" refers to an alkyloxy-heteroaryl- group in which the alkyloxy and heteroaryl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroaryl group.
[0245] "Alkyloxyheterocycloalkyl" refers to an alkyloxy-heterocycloalkyl- group in which the alkyloxy and heterocycloalkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heterocycloalkyl group.
[0246] "Alkylsulfinyl" means an alkyl-S-(=O)- group in which alkyl is as defined herein. The alkyl group is preferably a Ci-Cβ alkyl group. Exemplary alkylsulfinyl groups include, but not limited to, methylsulfinyl and ethylsulfinyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom. [0247] "Alkylsulfonyl" refers to an alkyl-S(=O)2- group in which alkyl is as defined above. The alkyl group is preferably a Ci-C6alkyl group. Examples include, but not limited to methylsulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
[0248] "Alkynyl" as a group or part of a group means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched preferably having from 2-12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-6 carbon atoms in the normal chain. Exemplary structures include, but are not limited to, ethynyl and propynyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
[0249] "Alkynyloxy" refers to an alkynyl-O- group in which alkynyl is as defined herein. Preferred alkynyloxy groups are Ci-C6alkynyloxy groups. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
[0250] "Aminoalkyl" means an NH2-alkyl- group in which the alkyl group is as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
[0251] "Aminosulfonyl" means an NH2-S(=O)2- group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
[0252] "Aryl" as a group or part of a group denotes (i) an optionally substituted monocyclic, or fused polycyclic, aromatic carbocycle (ring structure having ring atoms that are all carbon) preferably having from 5 to 12 atoms per ring. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, and the like; (ii) an optionally substituted partially saturated bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic moiety in which a phenyl and a C5-7 cycloalkyl or C5-7 cycloalkenyl group are fused together to form a cyclic structure, such as tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl or indanyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. Typically an aryl group is a C6-CiS aryl group.
[0253] "Arylalkenyl" means an aryl-alkenyl- group in which the aryl and alkenyl are as defined herein. Exemplary arylalkenyl groups include phenylallyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
[0254] "Arylalkyl" means an aryl-alkyl- group in which the aryl and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. Preferred arylalkyl groups contain a C1-5alkyl moiety. Exemplary arylalkyl groups include benzyl, phenethyl, 1-naphthalenemethyl and 2- naphthalenemethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
[0255] "Arylalkyloxy" refers to an aryl-alkyl-O- group in which the alkyl and aryl are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
[0256] "Arylamino" includes both mono-arylamino and di-arylamino unless specified. Mono-arylamino means a group of formula arylNH-, in which aryl is as defined herein, di-arylamino means a group of formula (aryl)2N- where each aryl may be the same or different and are each as defined herein for aryl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
[0257] "Arylheteroalkyl" means an aryl-heteroalkyl- group in which the aryl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
[0258] "Aryloxy" refers to an aryl-O- group in which the aryl is as defined herein. Preferably the aryloxy is a Cβ-Cisaryloxy, more preferably a Cβ-Cioaryloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
[0259] "Arylsulfonyl" means an aryI-S(=O)2- group in which the aryl group is as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
[0260] A "bond" is a linkage between atoms in a compound or molecule. The bond may be a single bond, a double bond, or a triple bond.
[0261] "Cycloalkenyl" means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and preferably having from 5-10 carbon atoms per ring. Exemplary monocyclic cycloalkenyl rings include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl or cycloheptenyl. The cycloalkenyl group may be substituted by one or more substituent groups. A cycloalkenyl group typically is a C3- Ci2 alkenyl group. .The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
[0262] "Cycloalkyl" refers to a saturated monocyclic or fused or spiro polycyclic, carbocycle preferably containing from 3 to 9 carbons per ring, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like, unless otherwise specified. It includes monocyclic systems such as cyclopropyl and cyclohexyl, bicyclic systems such as decalin, and polycyclic systems such as adamantane. A cycloalkyl group typically is a C3-C12 alkyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
[0263] "Cycloalkylalkyl" means a cycloalkyl-alkyl- group in which the cycloalkyl and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. Exemplary monocycloalkylalkyl groups include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl and cycloheptylmethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
[0264] "Cycloalkylalkenyl" means a cycloalkyl-alkenyl- group in which the cycloalkyl and alkenyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
[0265] "Cycloalkylheteroalkyl" means a cycloalkyl-heteroalkyl- group in which the cycloalkyl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
[0266] "Cycloalkyloxy" refers to a cycloalkyl-O- group in which cycloalkyl is as defined herein. Preferably the cycloalkyloxy is a d-Cβcycloalkyloxy. Examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopropanoxy and cyclobutanoxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
[0267] "Cycloalkenyloxy" refers to a cycloalkenyl-O- group in which the cycloalkenyl is as defined herein. Preferably the cycloalkenyloxy is a Cr Cecycloalkenyloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
[0268] "Haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. A haloalkyl group typically has the formula CnH(2π+i-m)Xm wherein each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br and I. In groups of this type n is typically from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, most preferably 1 to 3. m is typically 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3. Examples of haloalkyl include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl and trifluoromethyl.
[0269] "Haloalkenyl" refers to an alkenyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br and I. [0270] "Haloalkynyl" refers to an alkynyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br and I.
[0271] "Halogen" represents chlorine, fluorine, bromine or iodine.
[0272] "Heteroalkyl" refers to a straight- or branched-chain alkyl group preferably having from 2 to 12 carbons, more preferably 2 to 6 carbons in the chain, in which one or more of the carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are each independently replaced by a heteroatomic group selected from S, O, P and NR' where R' is selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-Ci2alkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C6-Ci8aryl, and optionally substituted CrCi8heteroaryl. Exemplary heteroalkyls include alkyl ethers, secondary and tertiary alkyl amines, amides, alkyl sulfides, and the like. Examples of heteroalkyl also include hydroxyCi-C6alkyl, Ci-CealkyloxyCrCβalkyl, aminoCi-C6alkyl, CrC6alkylaminoCi-C6alkyl, and di(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCi-C6alkyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
[0273] "Heteroalkyloxy" refers to a heteroalkyl-O- group in which heteroalkyl is as defined herein. Preferably the heteroalkyloxy is a C2-C6heteroalkyloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
[0274] "Heteroaryl" either alone or part of a group refers to groups containing an aromatic ring (preferably a 5 or 6 membered aromatic ring) having one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms in the aromatic ring with the remainder of the ring atoms being carbon atoms. Suitable heteroatoms include nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur. Examples of heteroaryl include thiophene, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzisothiazole, naphtho[2,3- b]thiophene, furan, isoindolizine, xantholene, phenoxatine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, tetrazole, indole, isoindole, 1 H- indazole, purine, quinoline, isoquinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, cinnoline, carbazole, phenanthridine, acridine, phenazine, thiazole, isothiazole, phenothiazine, oxazole, isooxazole, furazane, phenoxazine, 2-, 3- or 4- pyridyl, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 8- quinolyl, 1-, 3-, A-, or 5- isoquinolinyl 1-, 2-, or 3- indolyl, and 2-, or 3-thienyl. A heteroaryl group is typically a CrCi8 heteroaryl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
[0275] "Heteroarylalkyl" means a heteroaryl-alkyl group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. Preferred heteroarylalkyl groups contain a lower alkyl moiety. Exemplary heteroarylalkyl groups include pyridylmethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
[0276] "Heteroarylalkenyl" means a heteroaryl-alkenyl- group in which the heteroaryl and alkenyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
[0277] "Heteroarylheteroalkyl" means a heteroaryl-heteroalkyl- group in which the heteroaryl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
[0278] "Heteroaryloxy" refers to a heteroaryl-O- group in which the heteroaryl is as defined herein. Preferably the heteroaryloxy is a CrCi8heteroaryloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
[0279] "Heterocyclic" refers to saturated, partially unsaturated or fully unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic or polycyclic ring system containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen as a ring atom. Examples of heterocyclic moieties include heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl and heteroaryl.
[0280] "Heterocycloalkenyl" refers to a heterocycloalkyl group as defined herein but containing at least one double bond. A heterocycloalkenyl group typically is a C2- C12 heterocycloalkenyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. [0281] "Heterocycloalkyl" refers to a saturated monocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur, oxygen, preferably from 1 to 3 heteroatoms in at least one ring. Each ring is preferably from 3 to 10 membered, more preferably 4 to 7 membered. Examples of suitable heterocycloalkyl substituents include pyrrolidyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothiofuranyl, piperidyl, piperazyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morphilino, 1 ,3-diazapane, 1 ,4-diazapane, 1 ,4- oxazepane, and 1 ,4-oxathiapane. A heterocycloalkyl group typically is a C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
[0282] "Heterocycloalkylalkyl" refers to a heterocycloalkyl-alkyl- group in which the heterocycloalkyl and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. Exemplary heterocycloalkylalkyl groups include (2-tetrahydrofuryl)methyl,
(2-tetrahydrothiofuranyl) methyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
[0283] "Heterocycloalkylalkenyl" refers to a heterocycloalkyl-alkenyl- group in which the heterocycloalkyl and alkenyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
[0284] "Heterocycloalkylheteroalkyl" means a heterocycloalkyl-heteroalkyl- group in which the heterocycloalkyl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
[0285] "Heterocycloalkyloxy" refers to a heterocycloalkyl-O- group in which the heterocycloalkyl is as defined herein. Preferably the heterocycloalkyloxy is a Ci- Cβheterocycloalkyloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom. [0286] "Heterocycloalkenyloxy" refers to a heterocycloalkenyl-O- group in which heterocycloalkenyl is as defined herein. Preferably the Heterocycloalkenyloxy is a Cr Ce Heterocycloalkenyloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
[0287] "Hydroxyalkyl" refers to an alkyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with an OH group. A hydroxyalkyl group typically has the formula CnH(2n+i-χ)(OH)x. In groups of this type n is typically from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, most preferably 1 to 3. x is typically 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3.
[0288] "Lower alkyl" as a group means unless otherwise specified, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the chain, more preferably 1 to 4 carbons such as methyl, ethyl, propyl (n-propyl or isopropyl) or butyl (n-butyl, isobutyl or tertiary-butyl). The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
[0289] "Sulfinyl" means an R-S(=O)- group in which the R group may be OH, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl; aryl or heteroaryl group as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
[0290] "Sulfinylamino" means an R-S(=O)-NH- group in which the R group may be OH, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl; aryl or heteroaryl group as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
[0291] "Sulfonyl" means an R-S(O)2- group in which the R group may be OH, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl; aryl or heteroaryl group as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom. [0292] "Sulfonylamino" means an R-S(=O)2-NH- group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
[0293] It is understood that included in the family of compounds of Formula (1) are isomeric forms including diastereoisomers, enantiomers, tautomers, and geometrical isomers in "E" or "Z" configurational isomer or a mixture of E and Z isomers. It is also understood that some isomeric forms such as diastereomers, enantiomers, and geometrical isomers can be separated by physical and/or chemical methods and by those skilled in the art.
[0294] Some of the compounds of the disclosed embodiments may exist as single stereoisomers, racemates, and/or mixtures of enantiomers and /or diastereomers. All such single stereoisomers, racemates and mixtures thereof, are intended to be within the scope of the subject matter described and claimed.
[0295] Additionally, Formula (I) is intended to cover, where applicable, solvated as well as unsolvated forms of the compounds. Thus, each formula includes compounds having the indicated structure, including the hydrated as well as the non-hydrated forms.
[0296] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to salts that retain the desired biological activity of the above-identified compounds, and include pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts and base addition salts. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of compounds of Formula (I) may be prepared from an inorganic acid or from an organic acid. Examples of such inorganic acids are hydrochloric, sulfuric, and phosphoric acid. Appropriate organic acids may be selected from aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, heterocyclic carboxylic and sulfonic classes of organic acids, examples of which are formic, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, fumaric, maleic, alkyl sulfonic, arylsulfonic. Additional information on pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA 1995. In the case of agents that are solids, it is understood by those skilled in the art that the inventive compounds, agents and salts may exist in different crystalline or polymorphic forms, all of which are intended to be within the scope of the present invention and specified formulae.
[0297] "Prodrug" means a compound that undergoes conversion to a compound of formula (I) within a biological system, usually by metabolic means (e.g. by hydrolysis, reduction or oxidation). For example an ester prodrug of a compound of formula (I) containing a hydroxyl group may be convertible by hydrolysis in vivo to the parent molecule. Suitable esters of compounds of formula (I) containing a hydroxyl group, are for example acetates, citrates, lactates, tartrates, malonates, oxalates, salicylates, propionates, succinates, fumarates, maleates, methylene-bis-β-hydroxynaphthoates, gestisates, isethionates, di-p-toluoyltartrates, methanesulphonates, ethanesulphonates, benzenesulphonates, p-toluenesulphonates, cyclohexylsulphamates and quinates. As another example an ester prodrug of a compound of formula (I) containing a carboxy group may be convertible by hydrolysis in vivo to the parent molecule. (Examples of ester prodrugs are those described by F.J. Leinweber, Drug Metab. Res., 18:379, 1987). Similarly, an acyl prodrug of a compound of formula (I) containing an amino group may be convertible by hydrolysis in vivo to the parent molecule (Many examples of prodrugs for these and other functional groups, including amines, are described in Prodrugs: Challenges and Rewards (Parts 1 and 2); Ed V. Stella, R. Borchardt, M. Hageman, R.Oliyai, H. Maag and J Tilley; Springer, 2007).
[0298] The term "therapeutically effective amount" or "effective amount" is an amount sufficient to effect beneficial or desired clinical results. An effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations. An effective amount is typically sufficient to palliate, ameliorate, stabilize, reverse, slow or delay the progression of the disease state.
[0299] The term "functional equivalent" is intended to include variants of the specific protein kinase species described herein. It will be understood that kinases may have isoforms, such that while the primary, secondary, tertiary or quaternary structure of a given kinase isoform is different to the protoypical kinase, the molecule maintains biological activity as a protein kinase. Isoforms may arise from normal allelic variation within a population and include mutations such as amino acid substitution, deletion, addition, truncation, or duplication. Also included within the term "functional equivalent" are variants generated at the level of transcription. Many kinases have isoforms that arise from transcript variation. Other functional equivalents include kinases having altered post-translational modification such as glycosylation.
[0300] Specific compounds of the invention include the following:
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
[0301 ] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide or prodrug thereof.
[0302] The compounds of the invention have the ability to inhibit the activity of certain protein kinases. The ability to inhibit kinase activity may be a result of the compounds of the invention acting directly and solely on the kinase molecule to inhibit biological activity. However, it is understood that the compounds may also act at least partially on co-factors of the kinase in question that are involved in the phosphorylation process.
[0303] The compounds may have activity against PI3 protein kinases or a fragment or a complex or a functional equivalent thereof.
[0304] The compounds may have activity against certain serine/threonine kinases such as mTOR or a fragment or complex or functional equivalent thereof.
[0305] The inhibition of the protein kinase may be carried out in any of a number of well known ways in the art. For example if inhibition of the protein kinase in vitro is desired an appropriate amount of the compound of the invention may be added to a solution containing the kinase. In circumstances where it is desired to inhibit the activity of the kinase in a mammal the inhibition of the kinase typically involves administering the compound to a mammal containing the kinase. [0306] Accordingly the compounds of the invention may find a multiple number of applications in which their ability to inhibit protein kinases of the type mentioned above can be utilised. For example the compounds may be used to inhibit serine/threonine protein kinases. The compounds may also be used in treating or preventing a condition in a mammal in which inhibition of a protein kinase and/or co- factor thereof prevents, inhibits or ameliorates a pathology or a symptomology of the condition.
[0307] The compounds disclosed have the ability to be used in the treatment of proliferative disorders. An example of such a disorder is cancer. It is anticipated that the compounds will have the ability to treat both solid and liquid tumors. In some embodiments the cancers that may be treated by compounds of the present invention include solid tumors and hematological cancers.
[0308] As used herein, the term "cancer" is a general term intended to encompass the vast number of conditions that are characterized by uncontrolled abnormal growth of cells. It is anticipated that the compounds of the invention will be useful in treating various cancers including but not limited to bone cancers, brain and CNS tumours, breast cancers, colorectal cancers, endocrine cancers including adrenocortical carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, pituitary cancer, thyroid cancer, parathyroid cancer, thymus cancer, gastrointestinal cancers, Liver cancer, extra hepatic bile duct cancer, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumour, gall bladder cancer, genitourinary cancers, gynaecological cancers, head and neck cancers, leukemias, myelomas, hematological disorders, lung cancers, lymphomas, eye cancers, skin cancers, soft tissue sarcomas, adult soft tissue sarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, urinary system cancers.
[0309] Exemplary cancers that may be treated by compounds of this invention include Hematologic cancer such as myeloproliferative disorders (idiopathic myelofibrosis, polycythemia vera, essential thrombocythemia, chronic myeloid leukemia), myeloid metaplasia, chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute erythroblastic leukemia, Hodgkin's and Non Hodgkin's disease, B-cell lymphoma, acute T-cell leukemia, myelodysplastic syndromes, plasma cell disorder, hairy cell leukemia, kaposi's sarcoma, lymphoma and hyperproliferative conditions such as psoriasis and restenosis; gynaecologic cancer such as breast carcinoma, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, vaginal and vulva cancer, endometrial hyperplasia; gastrointestinal tract cancer such as colorectal carcinoma, polyps, liver cancer, gastric cancer, pancreatic cancer, gall bladder cancer; urinary tract cancer such as prostate cancer, kidney and renal cancer; urinary bladder cancer, urethral cancer, penile cancer; skin cancer such as melanoma; brain tumour such as glioblastoma, neuroblastoma, astrocytoma, ependynoma, brain-stem gliomas, medulloblastoma, menigiomas, astrocytoma, oligodendroglioma; head and neck cancer such as nasopharyngeal carcinoma, laryngeal carcinoma; respiratory tract cancer such as lung carcinoma (NSCLC and SCLC), mesothelioma; eye disease such as retinoblastoma; musculo-skeleton diseases such as osteosarcoma, musculoskeletal neoplasm; Squamous cell carcinoma and fibroid tumour. Compounds of this invention may also be used to treat pre-cancer conditions or hyperplasia including familial adenomatous polyposis, colonic adenomatous polyps, myeloid dysplasia, endometrial dysplasia, endometrial hyperplasia with atypia, cervical dysplasia, vaginal intraepithelial neoplasia, benign prostatic hyperplasia, papillomas of the larynx, actinic and solar keratosis, seborrheic keratosis and keratoacanthoma.
[0310] It is also anticipated that the compounds of the invention will be useful in treating autoimmune or inflammatory diseases or diseases supported by excessive neovascularisation. Diseases that have been attributed with some degree of autoimmune etiology, or that involve pathological inflammatory and neovascularization responses, include, but are not limited to, the following: acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease, agammaglobulinemia, agranulocytosis, allergic asthma, allergic encephalomyelitis, allergic rhinitis, alopecia areata, alopecia senilis, anerythroplasia, ankylosing spondylitis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aortitis syndrome, aplastic anemia, atopic dermatitis, autoimmune haemolytic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, autoimmune oophoritis, BaIo disease, Basedow's disease, Behcet's disease, bronchial asthma, Castleman's syndrome, celiac disease, Chagas disease, chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy, Churg-Strauss syndrome, Cogans syndrome, comical cornea, comical leukoma, Coxsackie myocarditis, CREST disease, Crohn's disease, cutaneous eosinophilia, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, dermatitis erythrema multiforme, dermatomyositis, diabetic retinopathy, Dressler's syndrome, dystrophia epithelialis corneae, eczematous dermatitis, eosinophilic fasciitis, eosinophilic gastroenteritis, epidermolysis bullosa, Evans syndrome, fibrosing alveolitis, gestational pemphigoid, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, graft-versus-host disease, Graves' disease, Guillain-Barre Syndrome, Hashimoto's disease, haemolytic-uretic syndrome, herpetic keratitis, ichthyosis vulgaris, idiopathic intersititial pneumonia, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, inflammatory bowel diseases, Kawasaki's disease, keratitis, keratoconjunctivitis, Lambert-Eaton syndrome, leukoderma vulgaris, lichen planus, lichen sclerosus, Lyme disease, linear IgA disease, macular degeneration, megaloblastic anemia, Meniere's disease, Mooren's ulcer, Mucha-Habermann disease, multiple myositis, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, necrotizing enterocolitis, neuromyelitis optica, ocular pemphigus, opsoclonus myoclonus syndrome, Ord's thyroiditis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, Parsonnage- Turner syndrome, pemphigus, periodontitis, pernicious anemia, pollen allergies, polyglandular autoimmune syndrome, posterior uveitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, proctitis, pseudomembranous colitis, psoriasis, pulmonary emphysema, pyoderma, Reiter's syndrome, reversible obstructive airway disease, rheumatic fever, rheumatoid arthritis, sarcoidosis, scleritis, Sezary's syndrome, Sjogren's syndrome, subacute bacterial endocarditis, systemic lupus erythematosus, Takayasu's arteritis, temporal arteritis, Tolosa-Hunt syndrome, Type I diabetes mellitus, ulcerative colitis, urticaria, vernal conjunctivitis, vitiligo, Vogy-Koyanagi-Harada syndrome and Wegener's granulomatosis.
[0311] The compounds of the invention may also be used the preparation of a medicament for treating a condition in an animal in which inhibition of a protein kinase can prevent, inhibit or ameliorate the pathology or symptomology of the condition. The compounds of the invention may also be used in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of a kinase-related disorder.
[0312] Administration of compounds within Formula (I) to humans can be by any of the accepted modes for enteral administration such as oral or rectal, or by parenteral administration such as subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and intradermal routes. Injection can be bolus or via constant or intermittent infusion. The active compound is typically included in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent and in an amount sufficient to deliver to the patient a therapeutically effective dose. In various embodiments the inhibitor compound may be selectively toxic or more toxic to rapidly proliferating cells, e.g. cancerous tumours, than to normal cells.
[0313] In using the compounds of the invention they can be administered in any form or mode which makes the compound bioavailable. One skilled in the art of preparing formulations can readily select the proper form and mode of administration depending upon the particular characteristics of the compound selected, the condition to be treated, the stage of the condition to be treated and other relevant circumstances. We refer the reader to Remingtons Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th edition, Mack Publishing Co. (1995) for further information.
[0314] The compounds of the present invention can be administered alone or in the form of a pharmaceutical composition in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient. The compounds of the invention, while effective themselves, are typically formulated and administered in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts as these forms are typically more stable, more easily crystallised and have increased solubility.
[0315] The compounds are, however, typically used in the form of pharmaceutical compositions which are formulated depending on the desired mode of administration. As such in some embodiments the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition including a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient. The compositions are prepared in manners well known in the art.
[0316] The invention in other embodiments provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. In such a pack or kit can be found a container having a unit dosage of the agent (s). The kits can include a composition comprising an effective agent either as concentrates (including lyophilized compositions), which can be diluted further prior to use or they can be provided at the concentration of use, where the vials may include one or more dosages. Conveniently, in the kits, single dosages can be provided in sterile vials so that the physician can employ the vials directly, where the vials will have the desired amount and concentration of agent(s). Associated with such container(s) can be various written materials such as instructions for use, or a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
[0317] The compounds of the invention may be used or administered in combination with one or more additional drug(s) for the treatment of the disorder/diseases mentioned. The components can be administered in the same formulation or in separate formulations. If administered in separate formulations the compounds of the invention may be administered sequentially or simultaneously with the other drug(s).
[0318] In addition to being able to be administered in combination with one or more additional drugs, the compounds of the invention may be used in a combination therapy. When this is done the compounds are typically administered in combination with each other. Thus one or more of the compounds of the invention may be administered either simultaneously (as a combined preparation) or sequentially in order to achieve a desired effect. This is especially desirable where the therapeutic profile of each compound is different such that the combined effect of the two drugs provides an improved therapeutic result.
[0319] Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention for parenteral injection comprise pharmaceutically acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use. Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil), and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants. [0320] These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservative, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of micro-organisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents that delay absorption such as aluminium monostearate and gelatin.
[0321] If desired, and for more effective distribution, the compounds can be incorporated into slow release or targeted delivery systems such as polymer matrices, liposomes, and microspheres.
[0322] The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions that can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium just prior to use.
[0323] Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid poly(ethylene glycol)s, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents. [0324] Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
[0325] The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
[0326] The active compounds can also be in microencapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-mentioned excipients.
[0327] Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1 ,3-butylene glycol, dimethyl formamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, poly(ethylene glycol)s and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
[0328] Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
[0329] Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminium metahydroxide, bentonite, agar- agar, and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof. [0330] Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at room temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
[0331] Dosage forms for topical administration of a compound of this invention include powders, patches, sprays, ointments and inhalants. The active compound is mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
[0332] The amount of compound administered will preferably treat and reduce or alleviate the condition. A therapeutically effective amount can be readily determined by an attending diagnostician by the use of conventional techniques and by observing results obtained under analogous circumstances. In determining the therapeutically effective amount a number of factors are to be considered including but not limited to, the species of animal, its size, age and general health, the specific condition involved, the severity of the condition, the response of the patient to treatment, the particular compound administered, the mode of administration, the bioavailability of the preparation administered, the dose regime selected, the use of other medications and other relevant circumstances.
[0333] A preferred dosage will be a range from about 0.01 to 300 mg per kilogram of body weight per day. A more preferred dosage will be in the range from 0.1 to 100 mg per kilogram of body weight per day, more preferably from 0.2 to 80 mg per kilogram of body weight per day, even more preferably 0.2 to 50 mg per kilogram of body weight per day. A suitable dose can be administered in multiple sub-doses per day.
SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUNDS OF THE INVENTION
[0334] The agents of the various embodiments may be prepared using the reaction routes and synthesis schemes as described below, employing the techniques available in the art using starting materials that are readily available. The preparation of particular compounds of the embodiments is described in detail in the following examples, but the artisan will recognize that the chemical reactions described may be readily adapted to prepare a number of other agents of the various embodiments. For example, the synthesis of non-exemplified compounds may be successfully performed by modifications apparent to those skilled in the art, e.g. by appropriately protecting interfering groups, by changing to other suitable reagents known in the art, or by making routine modifications of reaction conditions. A list of suitable protecting groups in organic synthesis can be found in T.W. Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1991. Alternatively, other reactions disclosed herein or known in the art will be recognized as having applicability for preparing other compounds of the various embodiments.
[0335] Reagents useful for synthesizing compounds may be obtained or prepared according to techniques known in the art.
GENERAL SYNTHETIC SCHEME [0336] A wide range of trisubstituted triazines can be prepared in a straightforward three-step procedure starting from cyanuric chloride i which is commercially available from a number of sources. The scheme 1 below outlines the general synthetic procedure used although it should be noted that the sequence of addition of the three substituents can be altered if required. Careful control of reaction conditions during steps 1 and 2 is necessary so as to ensure the preferential addition of only one substituent in each case thereby yielding the desired intermediates.
[0337] A typical procedure involves initial reaction of morpholine with a slight excess of cyanuric chloride in a non-nucleophilic solvent such as dichloromethane in the presence of a suitable base. The base may be a non-reactive tertiary amine or an appropriate inorganic salt such as sodium carbonate. Although the mono addition product predominates small quantities of 2-chloro-4,6-di-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazine, resulting from the addition of two molecules of morpholine, are generally formed but can be efficiently removed during purification in the final steps. Intermediate ii is then treated with a nucleophilic nitrogen containing heterocycle in the presence of a base such as a tertiary amine or sodium hydride. Purification by chromatography at this stage will yield a very pure intermediate iii for the final palladium catalysed Suzuki coupling reaction. The boronic acids and esters employed were generally commercially available or could be prepared in a straightforward manner using procedures known to one versed in the art. In certain circumstances the substituents on the rings of the compound(s) of formula (I) produced by this procedure were further elaborated using standard techniques to arrive at other members of the series.
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000082_0001
Step 3.
1 ArB(OR)2
Figure imgf000082_0002
General procedure for the preparation of triazines of formula (I)
[0338] Step i: Synthesis of 2,4-Dichloro-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1,3,5]triazine (ii)
Figure imgf000082_0003
[0339] A solution of diisopropylethylamine (0.43ml_, 2.44mmol, 0.9eq) and morpholine (0.21 mL, 2.44mmol, 0.9eq) in dichloromethane (5ml_) was added drop wise to a solution of cyanuric chloride (0.5Og, 2.71 mmol) in dichloromethane (1OmL) at O1C. The mixture was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with a small quantity of aqueous 1 M HCI followed by water and dried over sodium sulfate. Removal of solvents under reduced pressure yielded 2,4-dichloro-6-morpholin-4-yl- [1 ,3,5]triazine as a white solid (0.52g) with a yield of 82%.
[0340] Step 2: Addition of heterocyclic nucleophile to 2,4-dichloro-6- morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazine
Figure imgf000083_0001
[0341] 2,4-Dichloro-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]-triazine, K2CO3 (1-3eq) and the heterocyclic nucleophile were taken up in dioxane (ca.0.2M). The reaction was heated at between 850C and 950C overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography using a mixture of hexane and ethyl acetate as eluent. Product isolated in a yield of 45-80%.
[0342] Step 3: Suzuki coupling
Figure imgf000083_0002
[0343] Chlorotriazine iii, the boronic acid or ester (1-1.3eq) and potassium carbonate (1.8-3eq) were taken up in a degassed mixture of dioxane (1OmL) and water (4:1 , 0.01-0.06M) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. 1 ,1 '- Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium (II) chloride dichloromethane complex (10mol%) was added and the resulting mixture heated at 50-801C for between 3 and 8 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvents removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer further extracted with 3x50 ml portions of ethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate layers were washed once with brine solution (25ml). The organics were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvents removed under vacuum to give the crude product. The product was purified by chromatography on a preparative HPLC column to give the desired product in a yield of 20-80%.
Representative procedures for the preparation of compounds of formula (I)
[0344] The detailed procedures below serve as examples of how the compounds of formula (I) may be prepared using the general procedure detailed above or minor variations thereof.
[0345] In most cases the heterocyclic nucleophile used in step 2 and the boronic acid or ester used in step 3 were commercially available. However, in some cases these were prepared and representative examples are also detailed below.
[0346] Example 1 (Compound 4)
[0347] Synthesis of 2-Chloro-4-(2-methyl-imidazol-1 -yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl- [1 ,3,5]triazine
Figure imgf000084_0001
[0348] 2,4-Dichloro-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1,3,5]triazine (1.85g, 7.87mmol) and 2- methylimidazole (0.35g, 4.26mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (5OmL). The solution was cooled to O1C and triethylamine (1.65m L, 11.81 mmol) added slowly. After 15 minutes an additional portion of 2-methylimidazole (0.3Og, 3.65mmol) was added and the reaction mixture slowly allowed to warm to room temperature. After 2 hours the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate, 1 :1 to 1 :3) to yield the desired product as a white solid (1.28g) with a yield of 58%.
[0349] Synthesis of 3-[4-(2-Methyl-imidazol-1-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2- yl]-phenol (4)
Figure imgf000085_0001
[0350] 2-Chloro-4-(2-methyl-imidazol-1 -yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazine (135.9mg, 0.4841 mmol), 3-hydroxyphenylboronic acid (66.8mg, 0.4841 mmol, 1eq) and potassium carbonate (200.7mg, 1.4523mmol, 3eq) were taken up in a degassed mixture of dioxane (1 OmL) and water (2.5ml_) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. 1 ,1'- Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium (II) chloride dichloromethane complex (40mg, 10mol%) was added and the resulting mixture heated at 5OO for 3h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvents removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer further extracted with 3x50 ml portions of ethylacetate. The combined ethyl acetate layers were washed once with brine solution (25ml). The organics were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvents removed under vacuum to give the crude product. The product was purified by chromatography on a preparative HPLC column to give the desired product 4 (42mg) with a yield of 27%. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.79 (s,1 H), 8.39 (s,1 H), 7.94 (d,1 H), 7.91 (s,1 H), 7.46 (bs,1 H), 7.38 (t,1 H), 7.06 (d,1 H), 4.04 (m,2H), 3.91 (m,2H), 3.7 (m,4H), 2.98 (s,3H); MS (m/z): 518 [MH]+ 339.
[0351] Example 2 (Compound 11)
[0352] Synthesis of 4-[4-(2- Methyl-benzimidazol-1-yl-[1 , 3, 5] triazin-2-yl]-pyridin-
2-ol (11)
Figure imgf000086_0001
[0353] 1-[4-(2-Fluoro-pyridin-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 )3,5]triazin-2-yl]-2-methyl-1A7- benzimidazole was prepared using the standard three step procedure (starting from commercially available reagents) described above for other triazines such as 3-[4-(2- methyl-imidazol-1-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-phenol. To 1 -[4-(2-fluoro- pyridin-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-2-methyl-1 H-benzimidazole (5mg, 0.0127mmol) was added 2ml of 6N hydrochloric acid. The reaction mixture was heated at 8O0C for 1Oh. The reaction was followed by LCMS for the formation of the product. The crude reaction upon HPLC purification yielded 4-[4-(2-methyl- benzimidazol-1-yl-[1 , 3, 5] triazin-2-yl]-pyridin-2-ol 11 (3.2mg), 1 H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.34 (d, 1 H), 7.7 (d, 1 H), 7.61 (d, 1 H), 7.48 (m, 3H), 7.06 (d, 1 H), 4.04 (m, 2H), 3.93 (m, 2H), 3.78 (m, 4H), 3.0 (s, 3H); MS (m/z): 390.43[MH+].
[0354] Example 3 (Compound 39)
[0355] Synthesis of 2-Chloro-4-(3-methyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl- [1 ,3,5]triazine
Figure imgf000086_0002
[0356] 2,4-Dichloro-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazine (1.0g, 4.254mmol) and 3- methyl-1 H-pyrazole (0.384g, 4.679mmol) were dissolved in acetone (1OmL). To the solution was added potassium carbonate (1.469g, 10.635mmol) slowly and the reaction was left stirring. After 72h the solvent was filtered and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate) to yield the desired product as a white solid (0.50Og).
[0357] Synthesis of 4-[4-(3-Methyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2- yl]-1 H-indole (39)
Figure imgf000087_0001
39
[0358] 2-Chloro-4-(3-methyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazine (50.0mg, 0.178 mmol), 4-indoleboronic acid (35mg, 0.213mmol) and potassium carbonate (61 mg, 0.445mmol, 3eq) were taken up in a degassed mixture of dioxane (1OmL) and water (2.5ml_) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. 1 ,1 '- Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium (II) chloride dichloromethane complex (14mg, 10mol%) was added and the resulting mixture heated at 501C for 3h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvents removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer further extracted with 3x50 ml portions of ethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate layers were washed once with brine solution (25ml). The organics were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvents removed under vacuum to give the crude product. The product was purified by chromatography on a preparative HPLC column to give the desired product 4-[4-(3- methyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H-indole 39 (25mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.42 (bs, 1 H), 8.71 (d, 1 H), 8.33 (d, 1 H), 7.69 (d, 1H), 7.54 (t, 1H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.26 (t, 1 H), 6.47 (d, 1H), 3.76-4.09 (m, 8H), 2.33 (s, 3H).; [MH]+ 362.22. [0359] Examples 4 and 5 (Compounds 44 and 46)
[0360] ' Synthesis of 4-[4-Morpholin-4-yl-6-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-imidazol-1-yl)- [1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H-indole (46) and {1 -[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5] tιϊazin-2-yl]-1 H-imidazol-4-yl}-methanoI (44)
Figure imgf000088_0001
[0361] 1-[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H-imidazole-4- carbaldehyde was prepared using the standard three step procedure (starting from commercially available reagents) described above for other triazines such as 3-[4-(2- methyl-imidazol-1 -yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-phenol. 1 -[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)- 6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H-imidazole-4-carbaldehyde (42mg, 0.112mmol) and pyrrolidine (50μL, 0.60mmol) were stirred in dichloromethane (4mL) for 40 minutes. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (14mg, 0.224mmol) and methanol (1 mL) were added and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature. After 4 hours, the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The crude products were purified by chromatography on a preparative HPLC column to give the desired products 44 and 46 (10mg and 4mg).
[0362] 4-[4-Morpholin-4-yl-6-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-imidazol-1-yl)-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2- yl]-1 H-indole (46): 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.51 (s, 1 H), 10.08 (brs, 1 H), 8.90 (s, 1 H), 8.37 (d,1 H), 8.31 (s, 1 H), 7.72 (d, 1 H), 7.58 (t, 1 H), 7.36 (t, 1 H), 7.27 (t, 1 H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.07 (brs, 2H), 3.99 (brs, 2H), 3.80 - 3.76 (m, 4H), 3.22 - 3.19 (m, 2H), 2.03 - 2.00 (m, 2H), 1.91 - 1.86 (m, 2H); MS (m/z): 431.23 [MH]+.
[0363] {1-[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H-imidazol-4-yl}- methanol (44): 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.18 (s, 1 H), 8.94 (brs, 1 H), 8.15 (d,1 H), 7.69 (d, 1 H), 7.43 - 7.41 (m, 1 H), 7.34 - 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.21 - 7.17 (m, 1 H), 4.94 (S, 2H), 4.18 (brs, 2H), 3.98 (brs, 2H), 3.88 - 3.86 (m, 4H); MS (m/z): 378.25 [MH]+.
[0364] Example 6 (Compound 64)
[0365] Synthesis of 3-{1-[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H- imidazol-4-yl}-acrylic acid methyl ester (64)
Figure imgf000089_0001
[0366] 1-(4-Chloro-6-morpholino-1 ,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-4-carbaldehyde was prepared using the standard procedure described above. 1-(4-Chloro-6- morpholino-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-1/7-imidazole-4-carbaldehyde (58mg, 0.2mmol) and methyl(triphenyl phosphoranylidene)-acetate (70.3mg, 0.3mmol) were then dissolved in dioxane (5mL). The reaction was heated to 9O0C and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give the trans-product (49 mg) with a yield of 70%. This was converted to 3-{1-[4-(1H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl- [1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H-imidazol-4-yl}-acrylic acid methyl ester (64) using the standard coupling procedure as described for methyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl- [1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H-indole (39) above. 1 H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.49 (s, 1 H), 8.86 (s, 1 H), 8.56 (s, 1 H), 8.39 (dd, 1 H), 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.57 (t, 1 H), 7.36 (d, 1 H), 7.27 (t, 1 H), 6.54 (d, 1 H), 4.06 (m, 4H), 3.77 (m, 4H), 3.32 (s, 3H); MS(m/z): 432.16 [MH+].
[0367] Examples 7 and 8 (Compounds 65 and 67) [0368] Synthesis of 3-{1-[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H- imidazo!-4-yl}-acrylonitrile (67) and 3-{1-[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl- [1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H-imidazol-4-yl}-acrylonitrile (65)
Figure imgf000090_0001
[0369] 1 -(4-Chloro-6-morpholino-1 ,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-1 H-imidazole-4-carbaldehyde (70mg, 0.24mmol) and (triphenylphosphoranylidene)-acetonitrile (93mg, 0.31 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (7mL). The reaction was heated to 9O0C and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give the (E)- product (18 mg) with a yield of 24% and (Z)-product (33mg) with a yield of 44%. The geometric isomers were then taken forward separately using the standard coupling procedure as described for methyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]- 1H-indole (39) above to furnish 3-{1-[4-(1H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin- 2-yl]-1 H-imidazol-4-yl}-acrylonitrile (67) and 3-{1-[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl- [1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H-imidazol-4-yl}-acrylonitrile (65).
[0370] 3-{1 -[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H-imidazol-4-yl}- acrylonitrile (67): 1 H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.52 (s, 1 H), 8.90 (s, 1 H), 8.49 (s, 1 H), 8.40 (d, 1 H), 7.73 (d, 1 H), 7.61 (m, 2H), 7.38 (s, 1 H), 7.30 (t, 1 H), 6.32 (d, 1 H), 4.08 (m, 4H), 3.80 (m, 4H) ; MS(m/z): 399.11 [MH+].
[0371] 3-{1-[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H-imidazol-4-yl}- acrylonitrile (65): 1 H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.49 (s, 1 H), 8.92 (s, 1 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 8.36 (d, 1H), 7.70 (d, 1 H), 7.56 (t, 1H), 7.30 (m, 3H), 5.71 (d, 1H), 4.08 (m, 4H), 3.78 (m, 4H) ; MS(m/z): 399.15 [MH+].
[0372] Example 9 (Compound 68) [0373] Synthesis of 4-[4-(4-ethyl-imidazol-1-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl] -1H-indole (68)
Figure imgf000091_0001
[0374] 4-[4-(4-Vinyl-imidazol-1-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1H-indole (40mg, 0.11 mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (6mg) were taken up in ethyl acetate( 6mL) under an atmosphere of hydrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give the product 68 (40 mg) with a yield of 100%.1 H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.46 (s, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.34 (d, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, 1H), 7.56 (t, 2H), 7.34 (s, 1H), 7.27 (t, 1 H), 4.03 (m, 4H), 3.76 (m, 4H), 2.57 (q, 2H), 1.23 (t, 3H); MS(m/z): 376.14 [MH+].
[0375] Example 10 (Compound 76)
[0376] Synthesis of 3-{1-[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H- imidazol-2-yl}-acrylonitrile (76)
Figure imgf000091_0002
76 [0377] 1 -(4-Chloro-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl)-1 H-imidazole-2- carbaldehyde was prepared using the standard procedure described above. 1-(4- Chloro-6-morpholino-1 ,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-1 /-/-imidazole-2-carbaldehyde (200mg,
0.68mmol) and triphenylphosphoranylidene)-acetonitrile (301 mg, LOmmol) were then dissolved in dioxane (1 OmL). The reaction was heated to 950C and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give the trans-product (65.0 mg) with a yield of 30%. This was converted to 3-{1-[4-(1 H-lndol- 4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H-imidazol-2-yl}-acrylonitrile (76) using the standard coupling procedure as described for methyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl- [1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H-indole (39) above. 1 H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.49 (s, 1 H), 8.52 (d, 1 H), 8.26 (m, 2H), 7.72 (d, 1 H), 7.57 (t, 1 H), 7.30 (m, 3H), 6.53 (d, 1 H), 4.08 (m, 2H), 3.92 (m, 2H), 3.78 (m, 4H) ; MS(m/z): 399.16 [MH+].
[0378] Example 11 (Compound 81)
[0379] Synthesis of 1-[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-2- trifluoro methyl-1 H-benzoimidazol-5-ylamine (81)
Figure imgf000092_0001
81
[0380] {1-[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-2-trifluoromethyl- 1 H-benzoimidazol-5-yl}-carbamic acid førf-butyl ester was prepared using the standard three step procedure (starting from commercially available reagents) described above for other triazines such as 3-[4-(2-methyl-imidazol-1-yl)-6-morpholin- 4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-phenol. To a stirred solution of {1-[4-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-6- morpholin^-yl-CI .S.SJtriazin^-yll^-trifluoromethyl-I H-benzoimidazol-δ-ylJ-carbamic acid terf-butyl ester (0.047 mmol) in 1 mL of DCM was added 200μl_ of trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. The reaction can be monitored using LC/MS. The solvents were removed under vacuum and the residue purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give the desired product 81 (5.58mg) with 25% yield. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.98 (bs, 1 H), 8.55 (d, 1 H), 8.41 (m, 1 H), 7.80 (d, 1 H), 7.65 (d, 1 H), 7.51 (m, 1 H), 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.10 (dd, 1 H), 6.69 (bs, 1 H), 4.17 (m, 4H), 3.91 (t, 4H), 1.53 (bs, 9H).
[0381] Example 12 (Compound 91)
[0382] Synthesis of 4-[4-(2-ethyl-imidazol-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]- 1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (91)
Figure imgf000093_0001
91
[0383] 2-Chloro-4-(2-ethyl-1 H-imidazol-1-yl)-6-morpholino-1 ,3,5-triazine (40.0mg, 0.14mmol), 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (44mg, 0.18 mmol), 1 ,1 '-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium (II) chloride dichloromethane complex (8.6mg, 8mol%) and potassium phosphate (85mg, 0.42mmol) were taken up in a degassed mixture of dioxane (5ml_) and water (0.7ml_) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The resulting mixture was heated at 901C for 3h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvents removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer further extracted with 3x50 ml portions of ethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate layers were washed with water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography on a preparative HPLC column to give the desired product 4-(4-(2-ethyl-1 H-imidazol-1-yl)-6-morpholino-1 ,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-1 H- pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 91 (40mg). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 12.09 (s, 1H), 8.45 (m, 2H), 8.11 (d, 1 H), 7.72 (d, 2H), 7.21 (s, 1 H), 4.09 (m, 2H), 3.93 (m, 2H), 3.78 (m, 4H), 3.50 (q, 2H), 1.40 (t, 3H); MS(m/z): 377.20 [MH+]. [0384] Example 13 (Compound 102)
[0385] Synthesis of 1-(4-Chloro-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl)-1 H-indoIe-2- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
Figure imgf000094_0001
[0386] Ethyl 2-indolecarboxylate (0.75g, 3.96mmol) was dissolved in degassed tetrahydrofuran (25mL) and sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 0.3Og, 7.5mmol) was added portion-wise. The solution was allowed to stir at room temperature for 30 minutes. 2,4-Dichloro-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazine (1.0g, 4.25mmol) dissolved in minimum THF (3mL) was added and the resulting mixture heated at 801C for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvents removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer further extracted with 3x30 ml portions of ethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate layers were washed once with brine solution (25ml). The organics were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvents removed under vacuum to give the crude product. The product was purified by column chromatography (hexane: ethyl acetate, 25:1 to 15:1 ) to give the desired product (0.52g) with a yield of 32%. MS (m/z): 388.08 [MH]+.
[0387] Synthesis of 1-[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H- indole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (102)
Figure imgf000094_0002
[0388] 1-(4-Chloro-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl)-1 H-indole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (115mg, 0.297mmol), 4-indoleboronic acid (57mg, 0.354mmol) and potassium carbonate (74mg, 0.534mmol) were taken up in a degassed mixture of 1 ,4- dioxane (5mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. 1 ,1 '- Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium (II) chloride dichloromethane complex (12mg, 10mol%) was added and the resulting mixture heated at 80O for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvents removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer further extracted with 3x20 ml portions of ethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate layers were washed once with brine solution (15ml). The organics were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvents removed under vacuum to give the crude product. The product was purified by column chromatography (hexane: ethyl acetate, 20:1 to 4:1) to give the desired product 102 (102mg) with a yield of 73%. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.51 (d, 1 H), 8.43 (S, 1 H), 8.41 (d, 1H), 7.67 (d, 1H)1 7.60 (d, 1 H), 7.54 (t, 1 H), 7.43 - 7.39 (m, 1 H), 7.36 - 7.35 (m, 1 H), 7.33 - 7.29 (m, 1 H), 7.27 (s, 1 H), 7.26 (s, 1 H), 4.28 (q, 2H), 4.15 (brs, 2H), 3.97 (brs, 2H), 3.85 (brs, 4H), 1.23 (t, 3H); MS (m/z): 469.17 [MH]+.
[0389] Example 14 (Compound 113) [0390] Synthesis of 1-[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H- indole-2-carboxylic acid (113)
Figure imgf000095_0001
113
[0391] 1-[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H-indole-2- carboxylic acid ethyl ester (300mg, 0.640mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5mL), and Lithium hydroxide (100mg, 4.175mmol) dissolved in minimum water (1 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was heated at 70"C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvents removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a preparative HPLC column to give the desired product 113 (220mg) with a yield of 78%. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 9.54 (s, 1 H), 8.56 (d, 1 H), 8.33 (d, 1 H), 7.68 (d, 1 H), 7.65 (d, 1 H), 7.45 - 7.39 (m, 4H), 7.27 - 7.22 (m, 1 H), 4.17 (brs, 2H), 4.02 (brs, 2H), 3.87 (brs, 4H); MS (m/z): 441.20 [MH]+.
[0392] Example 15 (Compound 117)
[0393] Synthesis of 1-[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H- indole-2-carboxylic acid cyclopropylamide (117)
Figure imgf000096_0001
117
[0394] 1-[4-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-6-morpholin-4-yl-[1 ,3,5]triazin-2-yl]-1 H-indole-2- carboxylic acid (20mg, 0.045mmol) and cyclopropylamine (5 μL, 0.068mmol) were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5mL). 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole (11 mg, 0.082mmol) and
N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-Λ/'-ethylcarbodimide hydrochloride (16mg, 0.082mmol) were added subsequently, and the resulting mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature. After 2 hours, the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a preparative HPLC column to give the desired product 117 (5mg) with a yield of 23%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ
8.62 (d, 1 H), 8.36 (d, 1 H), 7.65 - 7.63 (m, 1H), 7.45 - 7.44 (m, 1 H), 7.41 - 7.36 (m,
2H), 7.29 - 7.23 (m, 2H), 6.97 (s, 1 H), 4.13 (brs, 2H), 4.00 (brs, 2H), 3.85 - 3.83 (m,
4H), 2.95 - 2.90 (m, 1H), 0.80 - 0.77 (m, 2H), 0.66 - 0.64 (m, 2H); MS (m/z): 480.26 [MH]+.
[0395] Procedures for the preparation of heterocyclic nucleophiles
[0396] Synthesis of (2-Trifluoromethyl-1 H-benzoimidazol-5-yl)-carbamic acid tert- butyl ester
Figure imgf000097_0001
[0397] To a stirred solution of 2-trifluoromethyl-1 H-benzoimidazol-5-ylamine (2.49mmol) in 8.3mL of DCM was added di-ferf-butyl dicarbonate (2.49mmol) and triethylamine (2.49mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2Oh. The reaction can be monitored using either TLC or LC/MS. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and was purified on the silica gel column (10-50% ethyl acetate in hexane, step-gradient), to give the desired compound in a yield of 79%.
[0398] Synthesis of 4-Methylsulfanyl-1 H-imidazole
Figure imgf000097_0002
[0399] 4-lodo-1tf-imidazole (2.8g, 14.6mmol) and trityl chloride (5.Og, 20.5mmol) were dissolved in Λ/,Λ/-dimethylacetamide (45mL). The solution was cooled to 0"C and triethylamine (4mL, 29.2mmol) added slowly. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature. After 48 hours the solution was poured to water
(15OmL). The solid was filtered, washed with water, hexane and dried to give a white solid (5.7g) with a yield of 90%. The product was pure enough for the next step reaction without further purification.
[0400] To a solution of 4-iodo-1-trityl-1 H-imidazole (424mg, I .Ommol) in dichloromethane (5mL) was added 3.0 M ethylmagnesium bromide solution in diethyl ether (0.35mL, 1.1mmol) under argon. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30mins followed by the addition of 1 , 2-dimethyldisulfane (0.11 mL, 1.3mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI solution and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 3OmL). The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 4-(methylthio)-1 -trityl -1H-imidazole (150 mg) with a yield of 44%.
[0401] To a solution of 4-(methylthio)-1 -trityl -1H-imidazole (150 mg, 0.44mmol) in methanol (1OmL) was added acetic acid (1mL), and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give the product (44 mg) with a yield of 90%.
[0402] Synthesis of 4-Phenyl-1H-imidazole
Figure imgf000098_0001
[0403] 4-lodo-1H-imidazole (194mg, LOmmol), phenylboronic acid (158.5 mg, 1.3mmol), potassium carbonate (345mg, 2.5mmol) and Pd (PPh3)2Cl2 (42 mg, 6%) were taken up in a degassed mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane (5mL) and water (0.8mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The resulting mixture was heated at 901C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and taken up in ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer further extracted with 3x20 ml portions of ethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate layers were washed with water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give the product (112 mg) with a yield of 78%.
[0404] Synthesis of 4-Vinyl-1 H-imidazole
Figure imgf000098_0002
[0405] To a solution of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (557mg, 1.56mmol) in THF (8mL) was added 1.0 M NaHMDS solution in THF (1.56mL, 1.56mmol) under argon at O0C. The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 30mins followed by the addition of 1-trityl-1H-imidazole-4-carbaldehyde (440mg, 1.3mmol). The reaction was stirred at O0C to room temperature for 3 hours, quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI solution, extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 3OmL). The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 1-trityl-4-vinyl-1H-imidazole (374 mg) with a yield of 86%.
[0406] To a solution of 1-trityl-4-vinyl-1H-imidazole (374 mg, 1.1mmol) in methanol (1OmL) was added acetic acid (1mL), and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 4-vinyl-1/-/- imidazole (55 mg) in a yield of 53%.
[0407] Synthesis of 2-Vinyl-1 H-imidazole
Figure imgf000099_0001
[0408] To a solution of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (920mg, 2.6mmol) in THF (13mL) was added 1.0 M NaHMDS solution in THF (2.8mL, 2.8mmol) under argon at O0C. The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 30mins followed by the addition of 1-trityl-1H-imidazole-2-carbaldehyde (660mg, 2.0mmol). The reaction was stirred at O0C to room temperature for 4 hours, quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI solution, extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 5OmL). The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 1-trityl-2-vinyl-1 H-imidazole (515 mg) in a yield of 77%.
[0409] To a solution of 1-trityl-2-vinyl-1 /-/-imidazole (515 mg, 1.5mmol) in methanol (1OmL) was added acetic acid (1mL), and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 2-vinyl- 1H-imidazole (145mg) in a quantitative yield. [0410] Synthesis of 3-(1 H-imidazol-2-yl)-propionitrile
Figure imgf000100_0001
[0411] i-Trityl-IW-imidazole-2-carbaldehyde (507mg, 1.5mmol) and triphenyl phosphoranylidene)-acetonitrile (542.3mg, 1.8mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (15mL). The reaction was heated to 850C and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give a mixture of (E) - and (Z) - 3-(1- trityl-1H-imidazole-2-yl)acrylonitrile (504mg) with a yield of 92.3%.
[0412] (E)-3-(1-trityl-1H-imidazole-2-yl)acrylonitrile, (Z)-3-(1-trityl-1 H-imidazole-2- yl)acrylo-nitrile (500mg, 1.38mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (100mg) were taken up in THF (15ml_) under an atmosphere of hydrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give -(1-trityl-1H- imidazol-2-yl)propanenitrile (400 mg) with a yield of 80%.
[0413] To a solution of 3-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)propanenitrile (400 mg, 1.1 mmol) in methanol (1OmL) was added acetic acid (1 mL), and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 3-(1 H-imidazol-2-yl)-propionitrile (84mg) with a yield of 63%.
[0414] Synthesis of 2-(2-Chloro-benzyl)-1H-imidazole
Figure imgf000100_0002
[0415] To a solution of (methoxymethyl)triphenylphophonium chloride (4.29g, 12.5mmol) in THF (3OmL) was added 1.0 M NaHMDS solution in THF (12.5mL, 12.5mmol) under argon at O0C. The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 20mins followed by the addition of 2-chlorobenzaldehyde (1.4g, lOmmol). The reaction was stirred at O0C to room temperature for 2 hours, quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI solution, extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 6OmL). The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 1-chloro-2-(2-methoxyvinyl)benzene (1.51g) with a yield of 90%.
[0416] To a solution of 1-chloro-2-(2-methoxyvinyl)benzene (1.51g, 9mmol) in acetone (45mL) and water (5mL) was added concentrated hydrochloric acid (0.1 mL), and heated at 650C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (15OmL), washed with water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography to give 2-(2- chlorophenyl)acetaldehyde (1.Og) with a yield of 71 %.
[0417] To a solution of 2-(2-chlorophenyl)acetaldehyde (1.0g, 6.5mmol), glyoxal (1.1 mL, 9.8mmol) in methanol (3OmL) was added 30% aqueous ammonia solution (3.7mL) at O0C. The reaction was stirred for 30mins at O0C, then warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (15OmL), washed with water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography to give 2-(2-chloro- benzyl)-1 W-imidazole (690mg) with a yield of 54%.
[0418] Synthesis of 2-Ethyl-4-ethynyl-1 H-imidazole
Figure imgf000101_0001
[0419] 2-Ethyl-4-iodo-1H-imidazole (666mg, 3.0mmol), Pd (PPh3)4 (200mg, 6%), copper (I) iodide (57mg, 10mol%) were taken up in a degassed DMF (13ml_) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. Triethylamine (1.3ml_, 9mmol) and ethynyltrimethylsilane (1.OmL, 7.5mmol) were added and the resulting mixture heated at 80O for 4 hours.
The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through a thin pad of Celite (eluting with ethyl acetate). The eluent was washed with water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 2-ethyl-4-(2-(trimethylsiyl)ethynyl)-1H- imidazole (410mg) with a yield of 71%.
[0420] To a solution of 2-ethyl-4-(2-(trimethylsiyl)ethynyl)-1H-imidazole (410 mg, 2.14mmol) in methanol (3OmL) was added K2CO3 (1.38g, lOmmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 2-ethyl- 4-ethynyl-1H-imidazole (234mg) with a yield of 91 %.
[0421] Synthesis of 2,4,-Diethyl-1H-imidazole
Figure imgf000102_0001
[0422] 2-Ethyl-4-ethynyl-1 H-imidazole (100mg, 0.83mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (20mg) were taken up in THF (15mL) under an atmosphere of hydrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give the product (54 mg) with a yield of 54%.
[0423] Synthesis of 2- (2-methyl-1 H-imidazol-4-ylethynyl)-pyridine
Figure imgf000103_0001
[0424] 2-Ethyl-4-iodo-1 H-imidazole (376mg, Urnmol), Pd (PPh3)4 (117mg, 6%), copper (I) iodide (32mg, 10mol%) and 2-ethynylpyridine (258mg, 2.5mmol) were taken up in a degassed DMF (8mL) under an atmosphere of argon. Triethylamine (0.65mL, 5mmol) was added and the resulting mixture heated at 801C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered through a thin pad of Celite (eluting with ethyl acetate). The eluent was washed with water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give the product (195mg) with a yield of 60%.
[0425] Synthesis of 2-Ethyl-4-prop-1 -ynyl-1 H-imidazole
Figure imgf000103_0002
[0426] Stepi : 2-Ethyl-4-iodo-1-trityl-imidazole (2.32g, 5.0mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (345mg, 6%), copper (I) iodide (96mg, 10mol%) were taken up in a degassed DMF (13ml_) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. Triethylamine (2.2mL, 15mmol) and ethynyltrimethylsilane (1.7mL, 12.5mmol) were added and the resulting mixture heated at 80O for 5 hours. The reaction mixture wa s cooled to room temperature, filtered through a thin pad of Celite (eluting with ethyl acetate). The eluent was washed with water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 2-ethyl-4-(2- (trimethylsiyl)ethynyl)-1-trityl-imidazole (1.48g) with a yield of 68%.
[0427] To a solution of 2-ethyl-4-(2-(trimethylsiyl)ethynyl)-1-trityl-imidazole (1.48g, 3.4 mmol) in methanol (3OmL) and THF (2OmL) was added K2CO3 (3.Og, 20mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 8 hours, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 2-ethyl-4-ethynyl-1-trityl-imidazole (1.1g) with a yield of 89%. To a solution of 2-ethyl-4-ethynyl-1-trityl-imidazole (1.1g, 3.0mmol) in THF (2OmL) was added 2.0 IvI solution of n-BuLi in hexane (1.75mL, 3.5mmol) at -40O slowly. The reaction mixture was stirred at -401C for 30min s followed by the addition of TMEDA (0.9mL, 6.0mmol) and stirred for another 15mins at -201C. Then methyl iodide (0.6mL, 12mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours, quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI solution, extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 6OmL). The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 2-ethyl-4- (prop-1 -ynyl)-1 -trityl-1 H-imidazole (0.95g) with a yield of 83%.
[0428] To a solution of 2-ethyl-4-(prop-1-ynyl)-1 -trityl-1 H-imidazole (470 mg, 1.25mmol) in methanol (15mL) was added acetic acid (1.3mL), and the reaction was refluxed for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 2-ethyl-4-prop-1-ynyl-1 H-imidazole (163mg) in a yield of 97%.
[0429] Synthesis of 2-Ethyl-4-propyl-1 H-imidazole
Figure imgf000104_0001
[0430] 2-Ethyl-4-(prop-1 -ynyl)-1 -trityl-1 /-/-imidazole (475 mg, 1.26mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (50mg) were taken up in ethyl acetate (15ml_) under an atmosphere of hydrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 2-ethyl-4-propyl-1 -trityl-1 H-imidazole (440 mg) with a yield of 92.6 %.
[0431] To a solution of 2-ethyl-4-propyl-1 -trityl-1 H-imidazole (440 mg, 1.16mmol) in methanol (15mL) was added acetic acid (1.2mL), and the reaction was refluxed for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 2- ethyl-4-propyl-1 H-imidazole (160mg) with a yield of 96%.
[0432] Procedures for the preparation of boronic acids and esters [0433] General procedure for the preparation of 4-substituted 5-bromopyrimidines and 4-substituted pyrimidine 5-boronic acid pinacol esters
Figure imgf000105_0001
R1= H, CH3, OCH3 R1= H, CH3, OCH3 RI= H, CH3, OCH3 RI= H CH3 OCH3
R2= CI R2= H R2= H and R3= Br R2= H and R3= Boronic acid ester
[0434] Stage A: 4-Chloro-6-methoxy-pyrimidin-2-ylamine (2.00, 12.58mmol) was dissolved in ethanol: ethyl acetate mixture (1 :1.3 ratios) to which was added di/sopropylethylamine (4.35ml, 25.2 mmol) and 10mol% of 10%Pd-C. The reaction mixture was stirred under a positive hydrogen pressure using a hydrogen balloon for 14h. TLC was used, to follow the completion of the reaction (solvent 1 :1 ; hexane: ethyl acetate). The reaction mixture was flushed with nitrogen and then filtered off the palladium carbon over a celite bed. The bed was washed thoroughly with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure to get 4-Methoxy-pyrimidin-2-ylamine as a pure material (94%). This material was directly taken to the next stage without further purification. [0435] Stage B: 4-Methoxy-pyrimidin-2-ylamine (1.17g, 9.35mmol) was taken in chloroform (600ml) to which was added N-bromosuccinimide (1.67g, 9.35mmol). After stirring in the dark for 5h, the solution was added to dichloromethane (125ml) and 1N NaOH (65 ml). Upon mixing thoroughly, the layers were separated. The organic layer was separated, washed with saturated sodium chloride solution (75ml), dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and filtered. The organic solvents were removed under reduced pressure to yield 1.72 (90%) of 5-bromo-4-methoxy- pyrimidin-2-yl-amine. This material was pure (HPLC and 1 H NMR) and did not need any further purification.
[0436] Stage C: To 5-Bromo-4-methoxy-pyrimidin-2-yl-amine (1.72g, 8.43mmol), potassium acetate (2.5g, 25.29mmol), bis(pinacolato)diborane (2.23g, 8.8mmol), Pd(dppf)CI2 (0.365g, 0.42mmol) in anhydrous dioxane was heated at 1150C for 24h, under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was cooled and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and filtered through a bed of celite. The combined organics were dried, evaporated and purified over silica gel to get 4-methoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1 ,3,2]dioxaborolan-2- ylamine (0.89g, 42%).
[0437] Synthesis of Methyl-[5-(4,4,5,5,-tetramethyl-[1 ,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl]amine:
Figure imgf000106_0001
[0438] Stage D: To 5-bromo-2-chloropyrimidine (2g, 10.34mmol) was added 1 M methylamine solution in THF (20ml). The contents were stirred at 6O0C for 6h after which TLC confirmed the absence of the reactant. The contents were allowed to cool down. The volatiles were evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate) to get (5-bromo-pyrimidin- 2-yl)-methyl-amine (1.75g, 90%). This material was taken through Stage C (as described above) to get methyl-[5-(4,4,5,5,-tetramethyl-[1 ,3,2]dioxaborolan-2- yl]amine. [0439] Synthesis of 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1 ,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-pyrroli[2,3- n]-pyridine
Figure imgf000107_0001
[0440] 4-chloro-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (457mg, 3mmol), palladium acetate (13.2mg, 2%), 2-(dicyclohexylphosphino)biphenyl (42mg, 4%), bis(pinacolato) diborane (1.5g, 6mmol) and potassium acetate (590mg, 6mmol) were taken up in a degassed dioxane (1OmL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred at 1001C for 5 hours, cooled to room te mperature and filtered through a thin pad of Celite (eluting with ethyl acetate). The eluent was washed with water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give the product (690mg) with a yield of 94%.
[0441] Synthesis of 4-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1 ,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-indazole
Figure imgf000107_0002
[0442] 4-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1 ,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-indazole was prepared via a 4 step procedure starting from 2-methyl-3-nitroaniline previously described in the literature (WO2007/129161 ).
[0443] The compounds outlined in Table 1 were synthesized following the procedures outlined above or variations thereof. [0444] Table 1 Synthesised compounds
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000112_0001
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000115_0001
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000127_0001
[0445] BIOLOGICAL TESTING [0446] mTOR Assay
[0447] Truncated mTOR kinase and His-tagged 4eBP1 were produced in-house. [T33P]-ATP was purchased from Amersham (GE Healthcare). All chemicals, unless otherwise stated, were from Sigma-AIdrich.
[0448] Phosphorylation assays were initially performed in a final volume of 20μL in 384-well polypropylene plate (Greiner). Compounds were typically tested over the range from 100 μM to 0.006 μM, in 8 step dilutions, in duplicate. 10 μL/well of 2X Enzyme-Substrate solution (1.5 μg/mL mTOR, 40μg/ml_ 4eBP1 in 1X assay buffer: 10 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 50 mM NaCI and 10 mM MnCI2) were first added to the sample plate containing 1 μL/well of test compound in neat DMSO. The reaction was initiated by adding 10 μL/well of 20 μM ATP solution (final assay concentration 10 μM ATP and 0.4 μCi/well of [733P]-ATP). After 1 hour incubation at room temperature, the reaction was terminated with 40 μL/well of 20 mM EDT A/1 mM ATP solution. [0449] 50 μL/well of the stopped reaction mix was then transferred to 384-well Multiscreen HTS-PH filter plate (Millipore) pre-added with 50 μL/well of 1 % phosphoric acid. The plate was washed 4 times with 120 μL/well of 0.5 % phosphoric acid via vacuum filtration. Finally, 10 μL/well of Optiphase™ SuperMix liquid scintillation cocktail (Perkin Elmer) was added. After minimum 1 hour of incubation, counting was performed in a Wallac MicroBeta TriLux scintillation counter using coincidence counting mode with crosstalk correction. IC5O is defined as the concentration of compound required for 50% inhibition of kinase enzyme activity. IC50 data are shown in Table 2 below.
[0450] PI3K Assay
[0451] Recombinant PI3K p110α/p85 was prepared in-house. Phosphatidylinositol (Ptdlns), phosphotidylserine (PtdSer) and all other unspecified chemicals were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich. [733P]ATP and Optiphase scintillant were obtained from Perkin Elmer.
[0452] Assays were performed in a final assay volume of 25 μL in 384-well Maxisorp plates (Nunc). Compounds were tested at 8 concentrations in 3-fold serial dilution, generally starting from 10 μM. Maxisorp plates were coated with 20 μL/well of a 1 :1 mixture of Ptdlns and PtdSer [0.1 mg/mL each dissolved in chloroform :ethanol (3:7)] and left overnight in a fume hood at room temperature (RT) to dry.
[0453] The enzyme reaction was created by pipetting 5 μL/well of compound (in 2.5% DMSO), 10 μL/well of enzyme (0.5 μg/mL p110α + 1 μg/mL p85), and 10 μL/well of 5 μM ATP with 5 μCi/mL [733P]ATP in assay buffer (final concentrations: 0.2 μg/mL p110α, 2 μM ATP, 0.05 μCi/well [733P]ATP in 1X assay buffer: 100 mM Tris- HCI pH 7.0, 200 mM NaCI, 8 mM MgCI2). The reaction was incubated for 1 hour at RT and terminated with 30 μL/well of 50 mM EDTA solution. The plate was then washed twice with TBS, dried, and added with 30 μL/well of scintillant before it was counted in a MicroBeta Trilux. IC50 is defined as the concentration of compound required for 50% inhibition of kinase enzyme activity. IC50 data are shown in Table 2 below. Table 2- In vitro mTOR inhibition activity assay IC50 data
Figure imgf000129_0001
+++ <1μM
++ 1 μM-5μM
+ >5μM
[0455] The details of specific embodiments described in this invention are not to be construed as limitations. Various equivalents and modifications may be made without departing from the essence and scope of this invention, and it is understood that such equivalent embodiments are part of this invention.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A compound of formula (I):
Figure imgf000131_0001
Formula (I) wherein:
A is selected from the group consisting of N and CR ,4.
B is selected from the group consisting of N and CR 50.
D is selected from the group consisting of N and CR ;
X is selected from the group consisting of N and CR1
R1 is selected from the group consisting of: H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted CrCi2alkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkenyl, optionally substituted CrC6fluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted Ca-Cicycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-Ci8aryl, optionally substituted CrCiβheteroaryl, optionally substituted C6-Ci8arylCi-C6alkyl, OR8, SR8, CO2R9, (CH2)VCO2R9, (CH2)VCONR8R9, CONR8R9, NR8R9; optionally substituted CrCi2alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci0heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C2- Ci2heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-Ci 8aryloxy, optionally substituted Ci-C-iβheteroaryloxy, optionally substituted Ci-Ci2alkylamino, SR12, SO3H, SO2NR12R13, SO2R12, SONR12R13, SOR12, COR12, COOH, NR12COR13, NR12COOR13, NR12SO2R13, NR12CONR13R14, NR12R13, (CH2)vNR12R13and acyl,
R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6, are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, CN, optionally substituted d-C^alkyl, OR10, OCOR10, CH2OR10, CH2NR10R11, CH2SO2R10, NR10R11, NR10COR11, and NR10SO2R11, or
R4, when taken together with one of R2 and R5, and the carbon atoms to which they are attached, forms an optionally substituted ring which may be an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring, the ring being fused to the six membered ring;
X1, X2 and X3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of N and CR7;
each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C-i-Ci2alkyl, optionally substituted d-
Cβfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-
Ci2alkynyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-
Ci2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C-|2cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-
Ci2heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-Ci8aryl, optionally substituted Ci-Ci8heteroaryl, optionally substituted
CrCi2alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C-i2alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-
Ci2alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci0heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-
Ci2cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C-ι2cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted
C2-Ci2heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci 2heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-Ci8aryloxy, optionally substituted CrCi8heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted CrCi2alkylamino, SR12, SO3H, SO2NR12R13, SO2R12,
SONR12R13, SOR12, COR12, COOH, COOR12, CONR12R13, NR12COR13,
NR12COOR13, NR12SO2R13, NR12CONR13R14, NR12R13, (CH2)vNR12R13and acyl, or any two R7 on adjacent carbon atoms when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted ring which may be an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring, the ring being fused to the five membered ring;
each R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted CrCi2alkyl, optionally substituted C2- Ci2alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyl, optionally substituted C2- C-|2heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3- Ci2cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-Ci8aryl, and optionally substituted CrCiβheteroaryl, or
any two R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13 and R14 when taken together with the atoms to which they are attached may form a cyclic moiety;
v is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1 , 2, 3, and 4;
each Rz is independently selected from the group consisting of C-i-Cealkyl, halo-d-Cβalkyl, hydroxyCi-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkyloxyCi-C6alkyl, cyanoCi-C6alkyl, aminoCi-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alky!aminoCi-C6alkyl, and di(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCi-C6alkyl;
q is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1 , 2, 3, and 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
2. A compound according to claim 1 wherein X is CR1.
3. A compound according to claim 1 or 2 wherein q is 0.
4. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3 wherein X3 is N.
5. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4 wherein X1 and X2 are CR7.
6. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5 wherein A, B and D are such that
(i) A is CR4, B is CR5 and D is CR6, or (ii) A is CR4, B is CR5 and D is N, or (iii) A is CR4, B is N and D is CR6, or (iv) A is N, B is CR5 and D is N.
7. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6 wherein R4 and R5 when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted ring fused to the six membered ring, the ring being an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring.
8. A compound according to claim 7 wherein the compound is a compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000134_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R6 and R7 are as defined in claim 1 ; and
R19 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH2OH, NH2, CrC6 alkyl, and Ci-Cβalkoxy.
9. A compound according to claim 7 wherein the compound is a compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000135_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R6 and R7 are as defined in claim 1; and
each R19 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH2OH, NH2, Ci-Cβalkyl, and CrC6alkoxy.
10. A compound according to claim 7 wherein the compound is a compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000135_0002
wherein R1, R , Rd, Rb and R/ are as defined in claim 1; and R19 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH2OH, NH2, C1-C6 alkyl, and CrC6 alkoxy.
11. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6 wherein R2 and R4 when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted ring fused to the six membered ring, the ring being an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring.
12. A compound according to claim 11 wherein the compound is a compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000136_0001
wherein R1, R3, R5, R6 and R7 are as defined in claim 1 ; and
R20 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH2OH, NH2, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy.
13. A compound according to claim 11 wherein the compound is a compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000137_0001
wherein R1, R3, R5, R6 and R7 are as defined in claim 1 ; and
each R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH2OH, NH2, C1-C6 alkyl, and CrC6 alkoxy.
14. A compound according to claim 11 wherein the compound is a compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000137_0002
wherein R1, R3, R5, R6 and R7 are as defined in claim 1 ; and
R20 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH2OH, NH2, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy.
15. A compound according to claim 11 wherein the compound is a compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000138_0001
wherein R1, R3, R5, R6 and R7 are as defined in claim 1 ; and
R20 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, CH2OH, NH2, CrC6 alkyl, and C-I-C6 alkoxy.
16. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 15 wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, optionally substituted CrC6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6aikenyl, optionally substituted CrC6fluoroalkyI, OH, OR8, SR8, CO2R9, CONR8R9' optionally substituted C3-C12cycloalkyl optionally substituted C6- Ci8aryl, optionally substituted Ci-Ci8heteroaryl, optionally substituted optionally substituted C6-Ci8arylCrC6alkyl and NR8R9;
17. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 16 wherein R1 is Ci-C6alkyl.
18. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 17 wherein R1 is methyl.
19. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10 wherein R2 is H.
20. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 19 wherein R3 is H.
21. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5 wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of OH, CN, NHCOCH3, F, Cl, OCH3, and CH2OH.
22. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4, and 12 to 14 wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of H and NH2.
23. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 22 wherein each R7 is H.
24. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 22 wherein two R7 groups, when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted ring which may be an unsaturated, partially unsaturated, or saturated ring, the ring being fused to the five membered ring.
25. A compound according to claim 24 wherein the two R7 groups when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl moiety fused to the five membered ring, the phenyl moiety being substituted with 0, 1 , 2, 3, or 4, R15 groups; wherein each R15 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted CrC12alkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyl, optionally substituted C2-C-|2heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C-|2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3- Ci2cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-Ci8aryl, optionally substituted Cr Ci8heteroaryl, optionally substituted d-C^alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci2 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C2- C-i2heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-Ci 2cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted Ci-C-i2heterocyclo alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C-I8 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted CrCi2 alkylamino, SR16, SO3H, SO2NR16R17, SO2R16, SONR16R17, SOR16, COR16, COOH, COOR16, CONR16R17, NR16COR17, NR16COOR17, NR16SO2R17, NR16CONR17R18, NR16R17, and acyl,
each R16, R17 and R18 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted C-ι-Ci2alkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted Ca-C^heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-Ci8aryl, and optionally substituted Ci-Ci8heteroaryl.
26. A compound according to claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000140_0001
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000145_0001
Figure imgf000146_0001
Figure imgf000147_0001
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
27. A pharmaceutical composition including a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 26 and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or carrier.
28. A method of inhibiting a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, the method including exposing the protein kinase or a fragment or complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and/or co-factor(s) thereof to an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 26.
29. A method according to claim 28 wherein the protein kinase is a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
30. A method according to claim 29 wherein the serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or complex thereof is an mTOR protein kinase or a fragment thereof, or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
31. A method according to claim 29 or 30 wherein the serine/threonine protein kinase is mTORCI or a fragment or complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
32. A method according to claim 30 wherein the protein kinase is a PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
33. A method according to claim 32 wherein the P13 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, is a class I PI3K or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
34. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 26 to inhibit one or more protein kinase(s) selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
35. A use according to claim 34 wherein the protein kinase is a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
36. A use according to claim 35 wherein the serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or complex thereof is an mTOR protein kinase or a fragment thereof, or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
37. A use according to claim 35 or 36 wherein the serine/threonine protein kinase is mTORCI or a fragment or complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
38. A use according to claim 34 wherein the protein kinase is a PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
39. A use according to claim 38 wherein the PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, is a class I PI3K or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
40. A method of treating or preventing a condition in a mammal in which inhibition of one or more protein kinase(s) selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, prevents, inhibits or ameliorates a pathology or a symptomology of the condition, the method including administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 26.
41. A method according to claim 40 wherein the protein kinase is a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
42. A method according to claim 41 wherein the serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or complex thereof is an mTOR protein kinase or a fragment thereof, or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
43. A method according to claim 41 or 42 wherein the serine/threonine protein kinase is mTORCI or a fragment or complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
44. A method according to claim 40 wherein the protein kinase is a PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
45. A method according to claim 44 wherein the PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, is a class I PI3K or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
46 A method according to any one of claims 40 to 45 wherein the condition is cancer.
47. A method according to claim 46 wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of Hematologic cancer such as myeloproliferative disorders (idiopathic myelofibrosis, polycythemia vera, essential thrombocythemia, chronic myeloid leukemia), myeloid metaplasia, chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute erythroblastic leukemia, Hodgkin's and Non Hodgkin's disease, B-cell lymphoma, acute T-cell leukemia, myelodysplastic syndromes, plasma cell disorder, hairy cell leukemia, kaposi's sarcoma, lymphoma; gynaecologic cancer such as breast carcinoma, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, vaginal and vulva cancer, endometrial hyperplasia; gastrointestinal tract cancer such as colorectal carcinoma, polyps, liver cancer, gastric cancer, pancreatic cancer, gall bladder cancer; urinary tract cancer such as prostate cancer, kidney and renal cancer; urinary bladder cancer, urethral cancer, penile cancer; skin cancer such as melanoma; brain tumour such as glioblastoma, neuroblastoma, astrocytoma, ependynoma, brain-stem gliomas, medulloblastoma, menigiomas, astrocytoma, oligodendroglioma; head and neck cancer such as nasopharyngeal carcinoma, laryngeal carcinoma; respiratory tract cancer such as lung carcinoma (NSCLC and SCLC), mesothelioma; eye disease such as retinoblastoma; musculo-skeleton diseases such as osteosarcoma, musculoskeletal neoplasm; Squamous cell carcinoma and fibroid tumour.
48. A method according to any one of claims 40 to 45 wherein the condition is a pre-cancer condition or hyperplasia.
49. A method according to claim 48 wherein the condition is selected from the group consisting of familial adenomatous polyposis, colonic adenomatous polyps, myeloid dysplasia, endometrial dysplasia, endometrial hyperplasia with atypia, cervical dysplasia, vaginal intraepithelial neoplasia, benign prostatic hyperplasia, papillomas of the larynx, actinic and solar keratosis, seborrheic keratosis and keratoacanthoma.
50. A method according to any one of claims 40 to 45 wherein the condition is an autoimmune or inflammatory disease or a disease supported by excessive neovascularisation.
51. A method according to claim 50 wherein the condition is selected from the group consisting of the following: acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease, agammaglobulinemia, agranulocytosis, allergic asthma, allergic encephalomyelitis, allergic rhinitis, alopecia areata, alopecia senilis, anerythroplasia, ankylosing spondylitis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aortitis syndrome, aplastic anemia, atopic dermatitis, autoimmune haemolytic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, autoimmune oophoritis, BaIo disease, Basedow's disease, Behcet's disease, bronchial asthma, Castleman's syndrome, celiac disease, Chagas disease, chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy, Churg-Strauss syndrome, Cogans syndrome, comical cornea, comical leukoma, Coxsackie myocarditis, CREST disease, Crohn's disease, cutaneous eosinophil, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, dermatitis erythrema multiforme, dermatomyositis, diabetic retinopathy, Dressler's syndrome, dystrophia epithelialis corneae, eczematous dermatitis, eosinophilic fasciitis, eosinophilic gastroenteritis, epidermolysis bullosa, Evans syndrome, fibrosing alveolitis, gestational pemphigoid, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, graft-versus-host disease, Graves' disease, Guillain-Barre Syndrome, Hashimoto's disease, haemolytic-uretic syndrome, herpetic keratitis, ichthyosis vulgaris, idiopathic intersititial pneumonia, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, inflammatory bowel diseases, Kawasaki's disease, keratitis, keratoconjunctivitis, Lambert-Eaton syndrome, leukoderma vulgaris, lichen planus, lichen sclerosus, Lyme disease, linear IgA disease, macular degeneration, megaloblastic anemia, Meniere's disease, Mooren's ulcer, Mucha-Habermann disease, multiple myositis, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, necrotizing enterocolitis, neuromyelitis optica, ocular pemphigus, opsoclonus myoclonus syndrome, Ord's thyroiditis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, Parsonnage-Turner syndrome, pemphigus, periodontitis, pernicious anemia, pollen allergies, polyglandular autoimmune syndrome, posterior uveitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, proctitis, pseudomembranous colitis, psoriasis, pulmonary emphysema, pyoderma, Reiter's syndrome, reversible obstructive airway disease, rheumatic fever, rheumatoid arthritis, sarcoidosis, scleritis, Sezary's syndrome, Sjogren's syndrome, subacute bacterial endocarditis, systemic lupus erythematosus, Takayasu's arteritis, temporal arteritis, Tolosa-Hunt syndrome, Type I diabetes mellitus, ulcerative colitis, urticaria, vernal conjunctivitis, vitiligo, Vogy- Koyanagi-Harada syndrome and Wegener's granulomatosis.
52. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 26 in the preparation of a medicament for treating a condition in an animal in which inhibition of one or more protein kinase(s) selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, prevents, inhibits or ameliorates a pathology or a symptomology of the condition.
53. A use according to claim 52 wherein the protein kinase is a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
54. A use according to claim 53 wherein the serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or complex thereof is an mTOR protein kinase or a fragment thereof, or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
55. A use according to claim 53 or 54 wherein the serine/threonine protein kinase is mTORCI or a fragment or complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
56. A use according to claim 53 wherein the protein kinase is a PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
57. A use according to claim 56 wherein the PI3 kinase or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, is a class I PI3K or a fragment thereof or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof.
58. A use according to any one of claims 53 to 57 wherein the condition is cancer.
59. A use according to claim 58 wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of Hematologic cancer such as myeloproliferative disorders (idiopathic myelofibrosis, polycythemia vera, essential thrombocythemia, chronic myeloid leukemia), myeloid metaplasia, chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute erythroblastic leukemia, Hodgkin's and Non Hodgkin's disease, B-cell lymphoma, acute T-cell leukemia, myelodysplastic syndromes, plasma cell disorder, hairy cell leukemia, kaposi's sarcoma, lymphoma and hyperproliferative conditions such as psoriasis and restenosis; gynaecologic cancer such as breast carcinoma, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, vaginal and vulva cancer, endometrial hyperplasia; gastrointestinal tract cancer such as colorectal carcinoma, polyps, liver cancer, gastric cancer, pancreatic cancer, gall bladder cancer; urinary tract cancer such as prostate cancer, kidney and renal cancer; urinary bladder cancer, urethral cancer, penile cancer; skin cancer such as melanoma; brain tumour such as glioblastoma, neuroblastoma, astrocytoma, ependynoma, brain-stem gliomas, medulloblastoma, menigiomas, astrocytoma, oligodendroglioma; head and neck cancer such as nasopharyngeal carcinoma, laryngeal carcinoma; respiratory tract cancer such as lung carcinoma (NSCLC and SCLC), mesothelioma; eye disease such as retinoblastoma; musculo-skeleton diseases such as osteosarcoma, musculoskeletal neoplasm; Squamous cell carcinoma and fibroid tumour.
60. A use according to any one of claims 52 to 57 wherein the condition is a precancer condition or hyperplasia.
61. A use according to claim 60 wherein the condition is selected from the group consisting of familial adenomatous polyposis, colonic adenomatous polyps, myeloid dysplasia, endometrial dysplasia, endometrial hyperplasia with atypia, cervical dysplasia, vaginal intraepithelial neoplasia, benign prostatic hyperplasia, papillomas of the larynx, actinic and solar keratosis, seborrheic keratosis and keratoacanthoma.
62. A use according to any one of claims 52 to 57 wherein the condition is an autoimmune or inflammatory disease or a disease supported by excessive neovascularisation.
63. A use according to claim 62 wherein the condition is selected from the group consisting of the following: acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease, agammaglobulinemia, agranulocytosis, allergic asthma, allergic encephalomyelitis, allergic rhinitis, alopecia areata, alopecia senilis, anerythroplasia, ankylosing spondylitis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aortitis syndrome, aplastic anemia, atopic dermatitis, autoimmune haemolytic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, autoimmune oophoritis, BaIo disease, Basedow's disease, Behcet's disease, bronchial asthma, Castleman's syndrome, celiac disease, Chagas disease, chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy, Churg-Strauss syndrome, Cogans syndrome, comical cornea, comical leukoma, Coxsackie myocarditis, CREST disease, Crohn's disease, cutaneous eosinophilia, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, dermatitis erythrema multiforme, dermatomyositis, diabetic retinopathy, Dressler's syndrome, dystrophia epithelialis corneae, eczematous dermatitis, eosinophilic fasciitis, eosinophilic gastroenteritis, epidermolysis bullosa, Evans syndrome, fibrosing alveolitis, gestational pemphigoid, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, graft-versus-host disease, Graves' disease, Guillain-Barre Syndrome, Hashimoto's disease, haemolytic-uretic syndrome, herpetic keratitis, ichthyosis vulgaris, idiopathic intersititial pneumonia, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, inflammatory bowel diseases, Kawasaki's disease, keratitis, keratoconjunctivitis, Lambert-Eaton syndrome, leukoderma vulgaris, lichen planus, lichen sclerosus, Lyme disease, linear IgA disease, macular degeneration, megaloblastic anemia, Meniere's disease, Mooren's ulcer, Mucha-Habermann disease, multiple myositis, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, necrotizing enterocolitis, neuromyelitis optica, ocular pemphigus, opsoclonus myoclonus syndrome, Ord's thyroiditis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, Parsonnage-Turner syndrome, pemphigus, periodontitis, pernicious anemia, pollen allergies, polyglandular autoimmune syndrome, posterior uveitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, proctitis, pseudomembranous colitis, psoriasis, pulmonary emphysema, pyoderma, Reiter's syndrome, reversible obstructive airway disease, rheumatic fever, rheumatoid arthritis, sarcoidosis, scleritis, Sezary's syndrome, Sjogren's syndrome, subacute bacterial endocarditis, systemic lupus erythematosus, Takayasu's arteritis, temporal arteritis, Tolosa-Hunt syndrome, Type I diabetes mellitus, ulcerative colitis, urticaria, vernal conjunctivitis, vitiligo, Vogy- Koyanagi-Harada syndrome and Wegener's granulomatosis.
64. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 26 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide or prodrug thereof in the treatment of a condition in which inhibition of one or more protein kinase(s) selected from the group consisting of a serine/threonine protein kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof and a PI3 kinase or a fragment or a complex thereof or a functional equivalent thereof, prevents, inhibits or ameliorates a pathology or a symptomology of the condition.
65. A method of prevention or treatment of a proliferative condition in a subject, the method including administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 26 to the subject
66. A method according to claim 65 wherein the condition is cancer.
67. A method according to claim 66 wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of Hematologic cancer such as myeloproliferative disorders (idiopathic myelofibrosis, polycythemia vera, essential thrombocythemia, chronic myeloid leukemia), myeloid metaplasia, chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute erythroblastic leukemia, Hodgkin's and Non Hodgkin's disease, B-cell lymphoma, acute T-cell leukemia, myelodysplastic syndromes, plasma cell disorder, hairy cell leukemia, kaposi's sarcoma, lymphoma; gynaecologic cancer such as breast carcinoma, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, vaginal and vulva cancer, endometrial hyperplasia; gastrointestinal tract cancer such as colorectal carcinoma, polyps, liver cancer, gastric cancer, pancreatic cancer, gall bladder cancer; urinary tract cancer such as prostate cancer, kidney and renal cancer; urinary bladder cancer, urethral cancer, penile cancer; skin cancer such as melanoma; brain tumour such as glioblastoma, neuroblastoma, astrocytoma, ependynoma, brain-stem gliomas, medulloblastoma, menigiomas, astrocytoma, oligodendroglioma; head and neck cancer such as nasopharyngeal carcinoma, laryngeal carcinoma; respiratory tract cancer such as lung carcinoma (NSCLC and SCLC), mesothelioma; eye disease such as retinoblastoma; musculo-skeleton diseases such as osteosarcoma, musculoskeleletal neoplasm; Squamous cell carcinoma and fibroid tumour.
68. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 26 in the preparation of a medicament for treating a proliferative condition in a subject
69. A use according to claim 68 wherein the condition is cancer.
70. A use according to claim 69 wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of Hematologic cancer such as myeloproliferative disorders (idiopathic myelofibrosis, polycythemia vera, essential thrombocythemia, chronic myeloid leukemia), myeloid metaplasia, chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute erythroblastic leukemia, Hodgkin's and Non Hodgkin's disease, B-cell lymphoma, acute T-cell leukemia, myelodysplastic syndromes, plasma cell disorder, hairy cell leukemia, kaposi's sarcoma, lymphoma; gynaecologic cancer such as breast carcinoma, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, vaginal and vulva cancer, endometrial hyperplasia; gastrointestinal tract cancer such as colorectal carcinoma, polyps, liver cancer, gastric cancer, pancreatic cancer, gall bladder cancer; urinary tract cancer such as prostate cancer, kidney and renal cancer; urinary bladder cancer, urethral cancer, penile cancer; skin cancer such as melanoma; brain tumour such as glioblastoma, neuroblastoma, astrocytoma, ependynoma, brain-stem gliomas, medulloblastoma, menigiomas, astrocytoma, oligodendroglioma; head and neck cancer such as nasopharyngeal carcinoma, laryngeal carcinoma; respiratory tract cancer such as lung carcinoma (NSCLC and SCLC), mesothelioma; eye disease such as retinoblastoma; musculo-skeleton diseases such as osteosarcoma, musculoskeleletal neoplasm; Squamous cell carcinoma and fibroid tumour.
71. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 25 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide or prodrug thereof in the treatment of a proliferative condition.
PCT/SG2009/000030 2008-01-23 2009-01-22 Triazine compounds as kinase inhibitors WO2009093981A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US2284208P 2008-01-23 2008-01-23
US61/022,842 2008-01-23
US12166208P 2008-12-11 2008-12-11
US61/121,662 2008-12-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2009093981A1 true WO2009093981A1 (en) 2009-07-30

Family

ID=40395402

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/SG2009/000030 WO2009093981A1 (en) 2008-01-23 2009-01-22 Triazine compounds as kinase inhibitors

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2009093981A1 (en)

Cited By (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010052569A2 (en) * 2008-11-10 2010-05-14 University Of Basel Triazine, pyrimidine and pyridine analogs and their use as therapeutic agents and diagnostic probes
WO2011005119A1 (en) * 2009-07-07 2011-01-13 Pathway Therapeutics Limited Pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazoles and their use in cancer therapy
US8097622B2 (en) 2008-10-14 2012-01-17 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Morpholinopurine derivatives
WO2012020762A1 (en) * 2010-08-10 2012-02-16 アステラス製薬株式会社 Hetero ring compound
US8362241B2 (en) 2009-04-28 2013-01-29 Amgen Inc. Inhibitors of PI3 kinase and/or mTOR
JP2013503833A (en) * 2009-09-02 2013-02-04 ヴィフォール (インターナショナル) アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Novel pyrimidine and triazine hepcidin antagonists
US8461158B2 (en) 2009-03-27 2013-06-11 Pathway Therapeutics Inc. Pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazole sulfonamides and their use in cancer therapy
CN103483345A (en) * 2013-09-25 2014-01-01 中山大学 Phosphoinositide 3-kinase (P13K) inhibitor, pharmaceutical composition containing P13K inhibitor, and application of phosphoinositide kinase inhibitor and pharmaceutical composition
JP2014530197A (en) * 2011-09-21 2014-11-17 セルゾーム リミテッド Morpholino substituted urea or carbamate derivatives as MTOR inhibitors
US9056852B2 (en) 2011-03-28 2015-06-16 Mei Pharma, Inc. (Alpha-substituted aralkylamino and heteroarylalkylamino) pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazoles, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use in treating proliferative diseases
WO2017167832A1 (en) 2016-04-01 2017-10-05 Basf Se Bicyclic compounds
WO2018206479A1 (en) 2017-05-10 2018-11-15 Basf Se Bicyclic pesticidal compounds
WO2019154365A1 (en) * 2018-02-07 2019-08-15 南京明德新药研发有限公司 Atr inhibitor and application thereof
CN112047938A (en) * 2019-06-06 2020-12-08 北京泰德制药股份有限公司 2,4, 6-trisubstituted pyrimidine compounds as ATR kinase inhibitors
WO2021023272A1 (en) * 2019-08-06 2021-02-11 石家庄智康弘仁新药开发有限公司 Crystalline form of atr inhibitor and use thereof
WO2021233376A1 (en) * 2020-05-20 2021-11-25 北京泰德制药股份有限公司 2,4,6-tri-substituted pyrimidine compounds as atr kinase inhibitors
US11304953B2 (en) 2017-05-23 2022-04-19 Mei Pharma, Inc. Combination therapy
US11351176B2 (en) 2017-08-14 2022-06-07 Mei Pharma, Inc. Combination therapy
RU2799047C2 (en) * 2018-02-07 2023-07-03 Уси Байосити Байофармасьютикс Ко., Лтд. Atr inhibitor and its use

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004048365A1 (en) * 2002-11-21 2004-06-10 Chiron Corporation 2,4,6-trisubstituted pyrimidines as phosphotidylinositol (pi) 3-kinase inhibitors and their use in the treatment of cancer
WO2006005915A1 (en) * 2004-07-09 2006-01-19 Astrazeneca Ab 2, 4, 6-trisubstituted pyrimidines as phosphotidylinositol (pi) 3-kinase inhibitors and their use in the treatment of cancer
WO2006084017A2 (en) * 2005-02-04 2006-08-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Phenyl-substituted pyrimidine compounds useful as kinase inhibitors
GB2431156A (en) * 2005-10-11 2007-04-18 Piramed Ltd 1-cyclyl-3-substituted- -benzenes and -azines as inhibitors of phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase
WO2007066103A1 (en) * 2005-12-09 2007-06-14 Astrazeneca Ab Pyrimidine derivatives as class i pi3k inhibitor
WO2007080382A1 (en) * 2006-01-11 2007-07-19 Astrazeneca Ab Morpholino pyrimidine derivatives and their use in therapy
WO2007084786A1 (en) * 2006-01-20 2007-07-26 Novartis Ag Pyrimidine derivatives used as pi-3 kinase inhibitors

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004048365A1 (en) * 2002-11-21 2004-06-10 Chiron Corporation 2,4,6-trisubstituted pyrimidines as phosphotidylinositol (pi) 3-kinase inhibitors and their use in the treatment of cancer
US20040176385A1 (en) * 2002-11-21 2004-09-09 Nuss John N. Small molecule PI 3-kinase inhibitors and methods of their use
WO2006005915A1 (en) * 2004-07-09 2006-01-19 Astrazeneca Ab 2, 4, 6-trisubstituted pyrimidines as phosphotidylinositol (pi) 3-kinase inhibitors and their use in the treatment of cancer
WO2006084017A2 (en) * 2005-02-04 2006-08-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Phenyl-substituted pyrimidine compounds useful as kinase inhibitors
GB2431156A (en) * 2005-10-11 2007-04-18 Piramed Ltd 1-cyclyl-3-substituted- -benzenes and -azines as inhibitors of phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase
WO2007066103A1 (en) * 2005-12-09 2007-06-14 Astrazeneca Ab Pyrimidine derivatives as class i pi3k inhibitor
WO2007080382A1 (en) * 2006-01-11 2007-07-19 Astrazeneca Ab Morpholino pyrimidine derivatives and their use in therapy
WO2007084786A1 (en) * 2006-01-20 2007-07-26 Novartis Ag Pyrimidine derivatives used as pi-3 kinase inhibitors

Cited By (51)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8097622B2 (en) 2008-10-14 2012-01-17 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Morpholinopurine derivatives
US8309546B2 (en) 2008-10-14 2012-11-13 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Morpholinopurine derivatives
AU2009312464B2 (en) * 2008-11-10 2015-04-16 University Of Basel Triazine, pyrimidine and pyridine analogs and their use as therapeutic agents and diagnostic probes
WO2010052569A3 (en) * 2008-11-10 2010-12-16 University Of Basel Triazine, pyrimidine and pyridine analogs and their use as therapeutic agents and diagnostic probes
WO2010052569A2 (en) * 2008-11-10 2010-05-14 University Of Basel Triazine, pyrimidine and pyridine analogs and their use as therapeutic agents and diagnostic probes
JP2012508223A (en) * 2008-11-10 2012-04-05 ユニバーシティ オブ バーゼル Triazines, pyrimidines, and pyridine analogs, and their use as therapeutics and diagnostic probes
JP2015110633A (en) * 2008-11-10 2015-06-18 ユニバーシティ オブ バーゼル Triazine, pyrimidine and pyridine analogs and their use as therapeutic agents and diagnostic probes
US8921361B2 (en) 2008-11-10 2014-12-30 University Of Basel Triazine, pyrimidine and pyridine analogs and their use as therapeutic agents and diagnostic probes
US9108980B2 (en) 2009-03-27 2015-08-18 Vetdc, Inc. Pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazole sulfonamides and their use in cancer therapy
US8772287B2 (en) 2009-03-27 2014-07-08 Vetdc, Inc. Pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazole sulfonamides and their use in cancer therapy
US8461158B2 (en) 2009-03-27 2013-06-11 Pathway Therapeutics Inc. Pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazole sulfonamides and their use in cancer therapy
US8362241B2 (en) 2009-04-28 2013-01-29 Amgen Inc. Inhibitors of PI3 kinase and/or mTOR
US8772480B2 (en) 2009-04-28 2014-07-08 Amgen Inc. Inhibitors of PI3 kinase and/or mTOR
US8486939B2 (en) 2009-07-07 2013-07-16 Pathway Therapeutics Inc. Pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazoles and their use in cancer therapy
WO2011005119A1 (en) * 2009-07-07 2011-01-13 Pathway Therapeutics Limited Pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazoles and their use in cancer therapy
JP2013503833A (en) * 2009-09-02 2013-02-04 ヴィフォール (インターナショナル) アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Novel pyrimidine and triazine hepcidin antagonists
US8912180B2 (en) 2010-08-10 2014-12-16 Astellas Pharma Inc. Heterocyclic compound
WO2012020762A1 (en) * 2010-08-10 2012-02-16 アステラス製薬株式会社 Hetero ring compound
JP5765342B2 (en) * 2010-08-10 2015-08-19 アステラス製薬株式会社 Heterocyclic compounds
JPWO2012020762A1 (en) * 2010-08-10 2013-10-28 アステラス製薬株式会社 Heterocyclic compounds
EA023931B1 (en) * 2010-08-10 2016-07-29 Астеллас Фарма Инк. Heterocyclic compound
US11400097B2 (en) 2011-03-28 2022-08-02 Mei Pharma, Inc. (Alpha-substituted aralkylamino and heteroarylalkylamino) pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazoles, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use in treating proliferative diseases
US10335415B2 (en) 2011-03-28 2019-07-02 Mei Pharma, Inc. (Alpha-substituted aralkylamino and heteroarylalkylamino) pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazoles, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use in treating proliferative diseases
US9056852B2 (en) 2011-03-28 2015-06-16 Mei Pharma, Inc. (Alpha-substituted aralkylamino and heteroarylalkylamino) pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazoles, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use in treating proliferative diseases
US10603324B2 (en) 2011-03-28 2020-03-31 Mei Pharma, Inc. (Alpha-substituted aralkylamino and heteroarylalkylamino) pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazoles, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use in treating proliferative diseases
US10064868B2 (en) 2011-03-28 2018-09-04 Mei Pharma, Inc. (Alpha-substituted aralkylamino and heteroarylalkylamino) pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazoles, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use in treating proliferative diseases
JP2014530197A (en) * 2011-09-21 2014-11-17 セルゾーム リミテッド Morpholino substituted urea or carbamate derivatives as MTOR inhibitors
CN103483345B (en) * 2013-09-25 2016-07-06 中山大学 PI3K inhibitors of kinases, the pharmaceutical composition comprising it and application thereof
CN103483345A (en) * 2013-09-25 2014-01-01 中山大学 Phosphoinositide 3-kinase (P13K) inhibitor, pharmaceutical composition containing P13K inhibitor, and application of phosphoinositide kinase inhibitor and pharmaceutical composition
WO2017167832A1 (en) 2016-04-01 2017-10-05 Basf Se Bicyclic compounds
WO2018206479A1 (en) 2017-05-10 2018-11-15 Basf Se Bicyclic pesticidal compounds
US11304953B2 (en) 2017-05-23 2022-04-19 Mei Pharma, Inc. Combination therapy
US11351176B2 (en) 2017-08-14 2022-06-07 Mei Pharma, Inc. Combination therapy
JP7290651B2 (en) 2018-02-07 2023-06-13 ウーシー・バイオシティ・バイオファーマシューティクス・カンパニー・リミテッド ATR inhibitor and its application
RU2799047C2 (en) * 2018-02-07 2023-07-03 Уси Байосити Байофармасьютикс Ко., Лтд. Atr inhibitor and its use
JP2021512908A (en) * 2018-02-07 2021-05-20 シージャーヂュアン・サガシティー・ニュー・ドラッグ・デヴェロップメント・カンパニー・リミテッド ATR inhibitors and their applications
EP3753937A4 (en) * 2018-02-07 2021-07-07 Shijiazhuang Sagacity New Drug Development Company, Ltd. Atr inhibitor and application thereof
US11434232B2 (en) 2018-02-07 2022-09-06 Wuxi Biocity Biopharmaceutics Co., Ltd. ATR inhibitor and application thereof
AU2019217388B2 (en) * 2018-02-07 2023-11-09 Wuxi Biocity Biopharmaceutics Co., Ltd. ATR inhibitor and application thereof
CN111712499A (en) * 2018-02-07 2020-09-25 石家庄智康弘仁新药开发有限公司 ATR inhibitor and application thereof
WO2019154365A1 (en) * 2018-02-07 2019-08-15 南京明德新药研发有限公司 Atr inhibitor and application thereof
CN113906026A (en) * 2019-06-06 2022-01-07 北京泰德制药股份有限公司 2,4, 6-trisubstituted pyrimidine compounds as ATR kinase inhibitors
JP2022536313A (en) * 2019-06-06 2022-08-15 北京泰徳製薬股▲フン▼有限公司 2,4,6-Trisubstituted Pyrimidine Compounds as ATR Kinase Inhibitors
TWI778366B (en) * 2019-06-06 2022-09-21 中國商北京泰德製藥股份有限公司 2,4,6-Trisubstituted Pyrimidine Compounds as ATR Kinase Inhibitors
WO2020244613A1 (en) * 2019-06-06 2020-12-10 北京泰德制药股份有限公司 2, 4, 6-tri-substituted pyrimidine compound as atr kinase inhibitor
CN112047938A (en) * 2019-06-06 2020-12-08 北京泰德制药股份有限公司 2,4, 6-trisubstituted pyrimidine compounds as ATR kinase inhibitors
CN114728957A (en) * 2019-08-06 2022-07-08 无锡智康弘义生物科技有限公司 Crystal form of ATR inhibitor and application thereof
WO2021023272A1 (en) * 2019-08-06 2021-02-11 石家庄智康弘仁新药开发有限公司 Crystalline form of atr inhibitor and use thereof
CN114728957B (en) * 2019-08-06 2023-09-22 无锡智康弘义生物科技有限公司 Crystal form of ATR inhibitor and application thereof
WO2021233376A1 (en) * 2020-05-20 2021-11-25 北京泰德制药股份有限公司 2,4,6-tri-substituted pyrimidine compounds as atr kinase inhibitors
CN115551860A (en) * 2020-05-20 2022-12-30 北京泰德制药股份有限公司 2,4, 6-trisubstituted pyrimidine compounds as ATR kinase inhibitors

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2009093981A1 (en) Triazine compounds as kinase inhibitors
US8247410B2 (en) Pyrimidine substituted purine derivatives
WO2009045174A1 (en) 2-morpholinylpurines as inhibitors of pi3k
US20110105500A1 (en) Pyrazine substituted purines
WO2010114494A1 (en) 8-substituted-2-morpholino purines for use as pi3k and/or mtor inhibitors in the treatment of proliferative disorders
KR102142796B1 (en) Salts of pyridinylaminopyrimidine derivatives, methods for their preparation, and uses thereof
JP2010523638A (en) 2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine as a PI3K inhibitor
KR101274986B1 (en) Imidazopyridine derivatives, PI3K and/or mTOR inhibiting composition and composition used in diseases linked to PI3K and/or mTOR comprising the same
CN109593102B (en) Preparation method and crystal form of deuterated diphenylaminopyrimidine compound
WO2011078795A1 (en) Bridged morpholino substituted purines
AU2013251254B2 (en) Pyrimidine substituted purine derivatives
WO2008140419A2 (en) Pyridyl substituted pyrimidine derivatives
WO2022214702A1 (en) Triazine derivative as reversible and irreversible covalent inhibitors of pi3k
WO2008140421A2 (en) Heterocycloalkyl substituted pyrimidine derivatives
WO2021060307A1 (en) Imidazopyridine compound or salt thereof, and pharmaceutical composition
KR20210060461A (en) Pyrrole-substituted indolinone derivatives or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and methods for preparing the same and uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09703552

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 09703552

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1